1 | /****************************************************************************
|
---|
2 | ** $Id: qtextedit.cpp 2 2005-11-16 15:49:26Z dmik $
|
---|
3 | **
|
---|
4 | ** Implementation of the QTextEdit class
|
---|
5 | **
|
---|
6 | ** Created : 990101
|
---|
7 | **
|
---|
8 | ** Copyright (C) 1992-2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
|
---|
9 | **
|
---|
10 | ** This file is part of the widgets module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
|
---|
11 | **
|
---|
12 | ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
|
---|
13 | ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
|
---|
14 | ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
|
---|
15 | **
|
---|
16 | ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
|
---|
17 | ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
|
---|
18 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
|
---|
19 | ** packaging of this file.
|
---|
20 | **
|
---|
21 | ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
|
---|
22 | ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
|
---|
23 | ** Agreement provided with the Software.
|
---|
24 | **
|
---|
25 | ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
|
---|
26 | ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
---|
27 | **
|
---|
28 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
|
---|
29 | ** information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
|
---|
30 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
|
---|
31 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
|
---|
32 | **
|
---|
33 | ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
|
---|
34 | ** not clear to you.
|
---|
35 | **
|
---|
36 | **********************************************************************/
|
---|
37 |
|
---|
38 | #include "qtextedit.h"
|
---|
39 |
|
---|
40 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTEDIT
|
---|
41 |
|
---|
42 | #include "../kernel/qrichtext_p.h"
|
---|
43 | #include "qpainter.h"
|
---|
44 | #include "qpen.h"
|
---|
45 | #include "qbrush.h"
|
---|
46 | #include "qpixmap.h"
|
---|
47 | #include "qfont.h"
|
---|
48 | #include "qcolor.h"
|
---|
49 | #include "qstyle.h"
|
---|
50 | #include "qsize.h"
|
---|
51 | #include "qevent.h"
|
---|
52 | #include "qtimer.h"
|
---|
53 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
---|
54 | #include "qlistbox.h"
|
---|
55 | #include "qvbox.h"
|
---|
56 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
---|
57 | #include "qclipboard.h"
|
---|
58 | #include "qcolordialog.h"
|
---|
59 | #include "qfontdialog.h"
|
---|
60 | #include "qstylesheet.h"
|
---|
61 | #include "qdragobject.h"
|
---|
62 | #include "qurl.h"
|
---|
63 | #include "qcursor.h"
|
---|
64 | #include "qregexp.h"
|
---|
65 | #include "qpopupmenu.h"
|
---|
66 | #include "qptrstack.h"
|
---|
67 | #include "qmetaobject.h"
|
---|
68 | #include "qtextbrowser.h"
|
---|
69 | #include <private/qucom_p.h>
|
---|
70 | #include "private/qsyntaxhighlighter_p.h"
|
---|
71 |
|
---|
72 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
|
---|
73 | #include <qkeysequence.h>
|
---|
74 | #define ACCEL_KEY(k) "\t" + QString(QKeySequence( Qt::CTRL | Qt::Key_ ## k ))
|
---|
75 | #else
|
---|
76 | #define ACCEL_KEY(k) "\t" + QString("Ctrl+" #k)
|
---|
77 | #endif
|
---|
78 |
|
---|
79 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
80 | #define LOGOFFSET(i) d->logOffset + i
|
---|
81 | #endif
|
---|
82 |
|
---|
83 | struct QUndoRedoInfoPrivate
|
---|
84 | {
|
---|
85 | QTextString text;
|
---|
86 | };
|
---|
87 |
|
---|
88 | class QTextEditPrivate
|
---|
89 | {
|
---|
90 | public:
|
---|
91 | QTextEditPrivate()
|
---|
92 | :preeditStart(-1),preeditLength(-1),ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent(FALSE),
|
---|
93 | tabChangesFocus(FALSE),
|
---|
94 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
95 | clipboard_mode( QClipboard::Clipboard ),
|
---|
96 | #endif
|
---|
97 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
98 | od(0), optimMode(FALSE),
|
---|
99 | maxLogLines(-1),
|
---|
100 | logOffset(0),
|
---|
101 | #endif
|
---|
102 | autoFormatting( (uint)QTextEdit::AutoAll )
|
---|
103 | {
|
---|
104 | for ( int i=0; i<7; i++ )
|
---|
105 | id[i] = 0;
|
---|
106 | }
|
---|
107 | int id[ 7 ];
|
---|
108 | int preeditStart;
|
---|
109 | int preeditLength;
|
---|
110 | uint ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent : 1;
|
---|
111 | uint tabChangesFocus : 1;
|
---|
112 | QString scrollToAnchor; // used to deferr scrollToAnchor() until the show event when we are resized
|
---|
113 | QString pressedName;
|
---|
114 | QString onName;
|
---|
115 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
116 | QClipboard::Mode clipboard_mode;
|
---|
117 | #endif
|
---|
118 | QTimer *trippleClickTimer;
|
---|
119 | QPoint trippleClickPoint;
|
---|
120 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
121 | QTextEditOptimPrivate * od;
|
---|
122 | bool optimMode : 1;
|
---|
123 | int maxLogLines;
|
---|
124 | int logOffset;
|
---|
125 | #endif
|
---|
126 | uint autoFormatting;
|
---|
127 | };
|
---|
128 |
|
---|
129 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
130 | class QRichTextDrag : public QTextDrag
|
---|
131 | {
|
---|
132 | public:
|
---|
133 | QRichTextDrag( QWidget *dragSource = 0, const char *name = 0 );
|
---|
134 |
|
---|
135 | void setPlainText( const QString &txt ) { setText( txt ); }
|
---|
136 | void setRichText( const QString &txt ) { richTxt = txt; }
|
---|
137 |
|
---|
138 | virtual QByteArray encodedData( const char *mime ) const;
|
---|
139 | virtual const char* format( int i ) const;
|
---|
140 |
|
---|
141 | static bool decode( QMimeSource *e, QString &str, const QCString &mimetype,
|
---|
142 | const QCString &subtype );
|
---|
143 | static bool canDecode( QMimeSource* e );
|
---|
144 |
|
---|
145 | private:
|
---|
146 | QString richTxt;
|
---|
147 |
|
---|
148 | };
|
---|
149 |
|
---|
150 | QRichTextDrag::QRichTextDrag( QWidget *dragSource, const char *name )
|
---|
151 | : QTextDrag( dragSource, name )
|
---|
152 | {
|
---|
153 | }
|
---|
154 |
|
---|
155 | QByteArray QRichTextDrag::encodedData( const char *mime ) const
|
---|
156 | {
|
---|
157 | if ( qstrcmp( "application/x-qrichtext", mime ) == 0 ) {
|
---|
158 | return richTxt.utf8(); // #### perhaps we should use USC2 instead?
|
---|
159 | } else
|
---|
160 | return QTextDrag::encodedData( mime );
|
---|
161 | }
|
---|
162 |
|
---|
163 | bool QRichTextDrag::decode( QMimeSource *e, QString &str, const QCString &mimetype,
|
---|
164 | const QCString &subtype )
|
---|
165 | {
|
---|
166 | if ( mimetype == "application/x-qrichtext" ) {
|
---|
167 | // do richtext decode
|
---|
168 | const char *mime;
|
---|
169 | int i;
|
---|
170 | for ( i = 0; ( mime = e->format( i ) ); ++i ) {
|
---|
171 | if ( qstrcmp( "application/x-qrichtext", mime ) != 0 )
|
---|
172 | continue;
|
---|
173 | str = QString::fromUtf8( e->encodedData( mime ) );
|
---|
174 | return TRUE;
|
---|
175 | }
|
---|
176 | return FALSE;
|
---|
177 | }
|
---|
178 |
|
---|
179 | // do a regular text decode
|
---|
180 | QCString subt = subtype;
|
---|
181 | return QTextDrag::decode( e, str, subt );
|
---|
182 | }
|
---|
183 |
|
---|
184 | bool QRichTextDrag::canDecode( QMimeSource* e )
|
---|
185 | {
|
---|
186 | if ( e->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
|
---|
187 | return TRUE;
|
---|
188 | return QTextDrag::canDecode( e );
|
---|
189 | }
|
---|
190 |
|
---|
191 | const char* QRichTextDrag::format( int i ) const
|
---|
192 | {
|
---|
193 | if ( QTextDrag::format( i ) )
|
---|
194 | return QTextDrag::format( i );
|
---|
195 | if ( QTextDrag::format( i-1 ) )
|
---|
196 | return "application/x-qrichtext";
|
---|
197 | return 0;
|
---|
198 | }
|
---|
199 |
|
---|
200 | #endif
|
---|
201 |
|
---|
202 | static bool block_set_alignment = FALSE;
|
---|
203 |
|
---|
204 | /*!
|
---|
205 | \class QTextEdit qtextedit.h
|
---|
206 | \brief The QTextEdit widget provides a powerful single-page rich text editor.
|
---|
207 |
|
---|
208 | \ingroup basic
|
---|
209 | \ingroup text
|
---|
210 | \mainclass
|
---|
211 |
|
---|
212 | \tableofcontents
|
---|
213 |
|
---|
214 | \section1 Introduction and Concepts
|
---|
215 |
|
---|
216 | QTextEdit is an advanced WYSIWYG viewer/editor supporting rich
|
---|
217 | text formatting using HTML-style tags. It is optimized to handle
|
---|
218 | large documents and to respond quickly to user input.
|
---|
219 |
|
---|
220 | QTextEdit has four modes of operation:
|
---|
221 | \table
|
---|
222 | \header \i Mode \i Command \i Notes
|
---|
223 | \row \i Plain Text Editor \i setTextFormat(PlainText)
|
---|
224 | \i Set text with setText(); text() returns plain text. Text
|
---|
225 | attributes (e.g. colors) can be set, but plain text is always
|
---|
226 | returned.
|
---|
227 | \row \i Rich Text Editor \i setTextFormat(RichText)
|
---|
228 | \i Set text with setText(); text() returns rich text. Rich
|
---|
229 | text editing is fairly limited. You can't set margins or
|
---|
230 | insert images for example (although you can read and
|
---|
231 | correctly display files that have margins set and that
|
---|
232 | include images). This mode is mostly useful for editing small
|
---|
233 | amounts of rich text. <sup>1.</sup>
|
---|
234 | \row \i Text Viewer \i setReadOnly(TRUE)
|
---|
235 | \i Set text with setText() or append() (which has no undo
|
---|
236 | history so is faster and uses less memory); text() returns
|
---|
237 | plain or rich text depending on the textFormat(). This mode
|
---|
238 | can correctly display a large subset of HTML tags.
|
---|
239 | \row \i Log Viewer \i setTextFormat(LogText)
|
---|
240 | \i Append text using append(). The widget is set to be read
|
---|
241 | only and rich text support is disabled although a few HTML
|
---|
242 | tags (for color, bold, italic and underline) may be used.
|
---|
243 | (See \link #logtextmode LogText mode\endlink for details.)
|
---|
244 | \endtable
|
---|
245 |
|
---|
246 | <sup>1.</sup><small>A more complete API that supports setting
|
---|
247 | margins, images, etc., is planned for a later Qt release.</small>
|
---|
248 |
|
---|
249 | QTextEdit can be used as a syntax highlighting editor when used in
|
---|
250 | conjunction with QSyntaxHighlighter.
|
---|
251 |
|
---|
252 | We recommend that you always call setTextFormat() to set the mode
|
---|
253 | you want to use. If you use \c AutoText then setText() and
|
---|
254 | append() will try to determine whether the text they are given is
|
---|
255 | plain text or rich text. If you use \c RichText then setText() and
|
---|
256 | append() will assume that the text they are given is rich text.
|
---|
257 | insert() simply inserts the text it is given.
|
---|
258 |
|
---|
259 | QTextEdit works on paragraphs and characters. A paragraph is a
|
---|
260 | formatted string which is word-wrapped to fit into the width of
|
---|
261 | the widget. By default when reading plain text, one newline
|
---|
262 | signify a paragraph. A document consists of zero or more
|
---|
263 | paragraphs, indexed from 0. Characters are indexed on a
|
---|
264 | per-paragraph basis, also indexed from 0. The words in the
|
---|
265 | paragraph are aligned in accordance with the paragraph's
|
---|
266 | alignment(). Paragraphs are separated by hard line breaks. Each
|
---|
267 | character within a paragraph has its own attributes, for example,
|
---|
268 | font and color.
|
---|
269 |
|
---|
270 | The text edit documentation uses the following concepts:
|
---|
271 | \list
|
---|
272 | \i \e{current format} --
|
---|
273 | this is the format at the current cursor position, \e and it
|
---|
274 | is the format of the selected text if any.
|
---|
275 | \i \e{current paragraph} -- the paragraph which contains the
|
---|
276 | cursor.
|
---|
277 | \endlist
|
---|
278 |
|
---|
279 | QTextEdit can display images (using QMimeSourceFactory), lists and
|
---|
280 | tables. If the text is too large to view within the text edit's
|
---|
281 | viewport, scrollbars will appear. The text edit can load both
|
---|
282 | plain text and HTML files (a subset of HTML 3.2 and 4). The
|
---|
283 | rendering style and the set of valid tags are defined by a
|
---|
284 | styleSheet(). Custom tags can be created and placed in a custom
|
---|
285 | style sheet. Change the style sheet with \l{setStyleSheet()}; see
|
---|
286 | QStyleSheet for details. The images identified by image tags are
|
---|
287 | displayed if they can be interpreted using the text edit's
|
---|
288 | \l{QMimeSourceFactory}; see setMimeSourceFactory().
|
---|
289 |
|
---|
290 | If you want a text browser with more navigation use QTextBrowser.
|
---|
291 | If you just need to display a small piece of rich text use QLabel
|
---|
292 | or QSimpleRichText.
|
---|
293 |
|
---|
294 | If you create a new QTextEdit, and want to allow the user to edit
|
---|
295 | rich text, call setTextFormat(Qt::RichText) to ensure that the
|
---|
296 | text is treated as rich text. (Rich text uses HTML tags to set
|
---|
297 | text formatting attributes. See QStyleSheet for information on the
|
---|
298 | HTML tags that are supported.). If you don't call setTextFormat()
|
---|
299 | explicitly the text edit will guess from the text itself whether
|
---|
300 | it is rich text or plain text. This means that if the text looks
|
---|
301 | like HTML or XML it will probably be interpreted as rich text, so
|
---|
302 | you should call setTextFormat(Qt::PlainText) to preserve such
|
---|
303 | text.
|
---|
304 |
|
---|
305 | Note that we do not intend to add a full-featured web browser
|
---|
306 | widget to Qt (because that would easily double Qt's size and only
|
---|
307 | a few applications would benefit from it). The rich
|
---|
308 | text support in Qt is designed to provide a fast, portable and
|
---|
309 | efficient way to add reasonable online help facilities to
|
---|
310 | applications, and to provide a basis for rich text editors.
|
---|
311 |
|
---|
312 | \section1 Using QTextEdit as a Display Widget
|
---|
313 |
|
---|
314 | QTextEdit can display a large HTML subset, including tables and
|
---|
315 | images.
|
---|
316 |
|
---|
317 | The text is set or replaced using setText() which deletes any
|
---|
318 | existing text and replaces it with the text passed in the
|
---|
319 | setText() call. If you call setText() with legacy HTML (with
|
---|
320 | setTextFormat(RichText) in force), and then call text(), the text
|
---|
321 | that is returned may have different markup, but will render the
|
---|
322 | same. Text can be inserted with insert(), paste(), pasteSubType()
|
---|
323 | and append(). Text that is appended does not go into the undo
|
---|
324 | history; this makes append() faster and consumes less memory. Text
|
---|
325 | can also be cut(). The entire text is deleted with clear() and the
|
---|
326 | selected text is deleted with removeSelectedText(). Selected
|
---|
327 | (marked) text can also be deleted with del() (which will delete
|
---|
328 | the character to the right of the cursor if no text is selected).
|
---|
329 |
|
---|
330 | Loading and saving text is achieved using setText() and text(),
|
---|
331 | for example:
|
---|
332 | \code
|
---|
333 | QFile file( fileName ); // Read the text from a file
|
---|
334 | if ( file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
|
---|
335 | QTextStream stream( &file );
|
---|
336 | textEdit->setText( stream.read() );
|
---|
337 | }
|
---|
338 |
|
---|
339 | QFile file( fileName ); // Write the text to a file
|
---|
340 | if ( file.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
|
---|
341 | QTextStream stream( &file );
|
---|
342 | stream << textEdit->text();
|
---|
343 | textEdit->setModified( FALSE );
|
---|
344 | }
|
---|
345 | \endcode
|
---|
346 |
|
---|
347 | By default the text edit wraps words at whitespace to fit within
|
---|
348 | the text edit widget. The setWordWrap() function is used to
|
---|
349 | specify the kind of word wrap you want, or \c NoWrap if you don't
|
---|
350 | want any wrapping. Call setWordWrap() to set a fixed pixel width
|
---|
351 | \c FixedPixelWidth, or character column (e.g. 80 column) \c
|
---|
352 | FixedColumnWidth with the pixels or columns specified with
|
---|
353 | setWrapColumnOrWidth(). If you use word wrap to the widget's width
|
---|
354 | \c WidgetWidth, you can specify whether to break on whitespace or
|
---|
355 | anywhere with setWrapPolicy().
|
---|
356 |
|
---|
357 | The background color is set differently than other widgets, using
|
---|
358 | setPaper(). You specify a brush style which could be a plain color
|
---|
359 | or a complex pixmap.
|
---|
360 |
|
---|
361 | Hypertext links are automatically underlined; this can be changed
|
---|
362 | with setLinkUnderline(). The tab stop width is set with
|
---|
363 | setTabStopWidth().
|
---|
364 |
|
---|
365 | The zoomIn() and zoomOut() functions can be used to resize the
|
---|
366 | text by increasing (decreasing for zoomOut()) the point size used.
|
---|
367 | Images are not affected by the zoom functions.
|
---|
368 |
|
---|
369 | The lines() function returns the number of lines in the text and
|
---|
370 | paragraphs() returns the number of paragraphs. The number of lines
|
---|
371 | within a particular paragraph is returned by linesOfParagraph().
|
---|
372 | The length of the entire text in characters is returned by
|
---|
373 | length().
|
---|
374 |
|
---|
375 | You can scroll to an anchor in the text, e.g.
|
---|
376 | \c{<a name="anchor">} with scrollToAnchor(). The find() function
|
---|
377 | can be used to find and select a given string within the text.
|
---|
378 |
|
---|
379 | A read-only QTextEdit provides the same functionality as the
|
---|
380 | (obsolete) QTextView. (QTextView is still supplied for
|
---|
381 | compatibility with old code.)
|
---|
382 |
|
---|
383 | \section2 Read-only key bindings
|
---|
384 |
|
---|
385 | When QTextEdit is used read-only the key-bindings are limited to
|
---|
386 | navigation, and text may only be selected with the mouse:
|
---|
387 | \table
|
---|
388 | \header \i Keypresses \i Action
|
---|
389 | \row \i UpArrow \i Move one line up
|
---|
390 | \row \i DownArrow \i Move one line down
|
---|
391 | \row \i LeftArrow \i Move one character left
|
---|
392 | \row \i RightArrow \i Move one character right
|
---|
393 | \row \i PageUp \i Move one (viewport) page up
|
---|
394 | \row \i PageDown \i Move one (viewport) page down
|
---|
395 | \row \i Home \i Move to the beginning of the text
|
---|
396 | \row \i End \i Move to the end of the text
|
---|
397 | \row \i Shift+Wheel
|
---|
398 | \i Scroll the page horizontally (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
|
---|
399 | \row \i Ctrl+Wheel \i Zoom the text
|
---|
400 | \endtable
|
---|
401 |
|
---|
402 | The text edit may be able to provide some meta-information. For
|
---|
403 | example, the documentTitle() function will return the text from
|
---|
404 | within HTML \c{<title>} tags.
|
---|
405 |
|
---|
406 | The text displayed in a text edit has a \e context. The context is
|
---|
407 | a path which the text edit's QMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve
|
---|
408 | the locations of files and images. It is passed to the
|
---|
409 | mimeSourceFactory() when quering data. (See QTextEdit() and
|
---|
410 | \l{context()}.)
|
---|
411 |
|
---|
412 | \target logtextmode
|
---|
413 | \section2 Using QTextEdit in LogText Mode
|
---|
414 |
|
---|
415 | Setting the text format to \c LogText puts the widget in a special
|
---|
416 | mode which is optimized for very large texts. In this mode editing
|
---|
417 | and rich text support are disabled (the widget is explicitly set
|
---|
418 | to read-only mode). This allows the text to be stored in a
|
---|
419 | different, more memory efficient manner. However, a certain degree
|
---|
420 | of text formatting is supported through the use of formatting
|
---|
421 | tags. A tag is delimited by \c < and \c {>}. The characters \c
|
---|
422 | {<}, \c > and \c & are escaped by using \c {<}, \c {>} and
|
---|
423 | \c {&}. A tag pair consists of a left and a right tag (or
|
---|
424 | open/close tags). Left-tags mark the starting point for
|
---|
425 | formatting, while right-tags mark the ending point. A right-tag
|
---|
426 | always start with a \c / before the tag keyword. For example \c
|
---|
427 | <b> and \c </b> are a tag pair. Tags can be nested, but they
|
---|
428 | have to be closed in the same order as they are opened. For
|
---|
429 | example, \c <b><u></u></b> is valid, while \c
|
---|
430 | <b><u></b></u> will output an error message.
|
---|
431 |
|
---|
432 | By using tags it is possible to change the color, bold, italic and
|
---|
433 | underline settings for a piece of text. A color can be specified
|
---|
434 | by using the HTML font tag \c {<font color=colorname>}. The color
|
---|
435 | name can be one of the color names from the X11 color database, or
|
---|
436 | a RGB hex value (e.g \c {#00ff00}). Example of valid color tags:
|
---|
437 | \c {<font color=red>}, \c {<font color="light blue">}, \c {<font
|
---|
438 | color="#223344">}. Bold, italic and underline settings can be
|
---|
439 | specified by the tags \c {<b>}, \c <i> and \c {<u>}. Note that a
|
---|
440 | tag does not necessarily have to be closed. A valid example:
|
---|
441 | \code
|
---|
442 | This is <font color=red>red</font> while <b>this</b> is <font color=blue>blue</font>.
|
---|
443 | <font color=green><font color=yellow>Yellow,</font> and <u>green</u>.
|
---|
444 | \endcode
|
---|
445 |
|
---|
446 | Stylesheets can also be used in LogText mode. To create and use a
|
---|
447 | custom tag, you could do the following:
|
---|
448 | \code
|
---|
449 | QTextEdit * log = new QTextEdit( this );
|
---|
450 | log->setTextFormat( Qt::LogText );
|
---|
451 | QStyleSheetItem * item = new QStyleSheetItem( log->styleSheet(), "mytag" );
|
---|
452 | item->setColor( "red" );
|
---|
453 | item->setFontWeight( QFont::Bold );
|
---|
454 | item->setFontUnderline( TRUE );
|
---|
455 | log->append( "This is a <mytag>custom tag</mytag>!" );
|
---|
456 | \endcode
|
---|
457 | Note that only the color, bold, underline and italic attributes of
|
---|
458 | a QStyleSheetItem is used in LogText mode.
|
---|
459 |
|
---|
460 | Note that you can use setMaxLogLines() to limit the number of
|
---|
461 | lines the widget can hold in LogText mode.
|
---|
462 |
|
---|
463 | There are a few things that you need to be aware of when the
|
---|
464 | widget is in this mode:
|
---|
465 | \list
|
---|
466 | \i Functions that deal with rich text formatting and cursor
|
---|
467 | movement will not work or return anything valid.
|
---|
468 | \i Lines are equivalent to paragraphs.
|
---|
469 | \endlist
|
---|
470 |
|
---|
471 | \section1 Using QTextEdit as an Editor
|
---|
472 |
|
---|
473 | All the information about using QTextEdit as a display widget also
|
---|
474 | applies here.
|
---|
475 |
|
---|
476 | The current format's attributes are set with setItalic(),
|
---|
477 | setBold(), setUnderline(), setFamily() (font family),
|
---|
478 | setPointSize(), setColor() and setCurrentFont(). The current
|
---|
479 | paragraph's alignment is set with setAlignment().
|
---|
480 |
|
---|
481 | Use setSelection() to select text. The setSelectionAttributes()
|
---|
482 | function is used to indicate how selected text should be
|
---|
483 | displayed. Use hasSelectedText() to find out if any text is
|
---|
484 | selected. The currently selected text's position is available
|
---|
485 | using getSelection() and the selected text itself is returned by
|
---|
486 | selectedText(). The selection can be copied to the clipboard with
|
---|
487 | copy(), or cut to the clipboard with cut(). It can be deleted with
|
---|
488 | removeSelectedText(). The entire text can be selected (or
|
---|
489 | unselected) using selectAll(). QTextEdit supports multiple
|
---|
490 | selections. Most of the selection functions operate on the default
|
---|
491 | selection, selection 0. If the user presses a non-selecting key,
|
---|
492 | e.g. a cursor key without also holding down Shift, all selections
|
---|
493 | are cleared.
|
---|
494 |
|
---|
495 | Set and get the position of the cursor with setCursorPosition()
|
---|
496 | and getCursorPosition() respectively. When the cursor is moved,
|
---|
497 | the signals currentFontChanged(), currentColorChanged() and
|
---|
498 | currentAlignmentChanged() are emitted to reflect the font, color
|
---|
499 | and alignment at the new cursor position.
|
---|
500 |
|
---|
501 | If the text changes, the textChanged() signal is emitted, and if
|
---|
502 | the user inserts a new line by pressing Return or Enter,
|
---|
503 | returnPressed() is emitted. The isModified() function will return
|
---|
504 | TRUE if the text has been modified.
|
---|
505 |
|
---|
506 | QTextEdit provides command-based undo and redo. To set the depth
|
---|
507 | of the command history use setUndoDepth() which defaults to 100
|
---|
508 | steps. To undo or redo the last operation call undo() or redo().
|
---|
509 | The signals undoAvailable() and redoAvailable() indicate whether
|
---|
510 | the undo and redo operations can be executed.
|
---|
511 |
|
---|
512 | The indent() function is used to reindent a paragraph. It is
|
---|
513 | useful for code editors, for example in \link designer-manual.book
|
---|
514 | Qt Designer\endlink's code editor \e{Ctrl+I} invokes the indent()
|
---|
515 | function.
|
---|
516 |
|
---|
517 | \section2 Editing key bindings
|
---|
518 |
|
---|
519 | The list of key-bindings which are implemented for editing:
|
---|
520 | \table
|
---|
521 | \header \i Keypresses \i Action
|
---|
522 | \row \i Backspace \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
|
---|
523 | \row \i Delete \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
|
---|
524 | \row \i Ctrl+A \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
---|
525 | \row \i Ctrl+B \i Move the cursor one character left
|
---|
526 | \row \i Ctrl+C \i Copy the marked text to the clipboard (also
|
---|
527 | Ctrl+Insert under Windows)
|
---|
528 | \row \i Ctrl+D \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
|
---|
529 | \row \i Ctrl+E \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
|
---|
530 | \row \i Ctrl+F \i Move the cursor one character right
|
---|
531 | \row \i Ctrl+H \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
|
---|
532 | \row \i Ctrl+K \i Delete to end of line
|
---|
533 | \row \i Ctrl+N \i Move the cursor one line down
|
---|
534 | \row \i Ctrl+P \i Move the cursor one line up
|
---|
535 | \row \i Ctrl+V \i Paste the clipboard text into line edit
|
---|
536 | (also Shift+Insert under Windows)
|
---|
537 | \row \i Ctrl+X \i Cut the marked text, copy to clipboard
|
---|
538 | (also Shift+Delete under Windows)
|
---|
539 | \row \i Ctrl+Z \i Undo the last operation
|
---|
540 | \row \i Ctrl+Y \i Redo the last operation
|
---|
541 | \row \i LeftArrow \i Move the cursor one character left
|
---|
542 | \row \i Ctrl+LeftArrow \i Move the cursor one word left
|
---|
543 | \row \i RightArrow \i Move the cursor one character right
|
---|
544 | \row \i Ctrl+RightArrow \i Move the cursor one word right
|
---|
545 | \row \i UpArrow \i Move the cursor one line up
|
---|
546 | \row \i Ctrl+UpArrow \i Move the cursor one word up
|
---|
547 | \row \i DownArrow \i Move the cursor one line down
|
---|
548 | \row \i Ctrl+Down Arrow \i Move the cursor one word down
|
---|
549 | \row \i PageUp \i Move the cursor one page up
|
---|
550 | \row \i PageDown \i Move the cursor one page down
|
---|
551 | \row \i Home \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
---|
552 | \row \i Ctrl+Home \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the text
|
---|
553 | \row \i End \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
|
---|
554 | \row \i Ctrl+End \i Move the cursor to the end of the text
|
---|
555 | \row \i Shift+Wheel \i Scroll the page horizontally
|
---|
556 | (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
|
---|
557 | \row \i Ctrl+Wheel \i Zoom the text
|
---|
558 | \endtable
|
---|
559 |
|
---|
560 | To select (mark) text hold down the Shift key whilst pressing one
|
---|
561 | of the movement keystrokes, for example, \e{Shift+Right Arrow}
|
---|
562 | will select the character to the right, and \e{Shift+Ctrl+Right
|
---|
563 | Arrow} will select the word to the right, etc.
|
---|
564 |
|
---|
565 | By default the text edit widget operates in insert mode so all
|
---|
566 | text that the user enters is inserted into the text edit and any
|
---|
567 | text to the right of the cursor is moved out of the way. The mode
|
---|
568 | can be changed to overwrite, where new text overwrites any text to
|
---|
569 | the right of the cursor, using setOverwriteMode().
|
---|
570 | */
|
---|
571 |
|
---|
572 | /*!
|
---|
573 | \enum QTextEdit::AutoFormatting
|
---|
574 |
|
---|
575 | \value AutoNone Do not perform any automatic formatting
|
---|
576 | \value AutoBulletList Only automatically format bulletted lists
|
---|
577 | \value AutoAll Apply all available autoformatting
|
---|
578 | */
|
---|
579 |
|
---|
580 |
|
---|
581 | /*!
|
---|
582 | \enum QTextEdit::KeyboardAction
|
---|
583 |
|
---|
584 | This enum is used by doKeyboardAction() to specify which action
|
---|
585 | should be executed:
|
---|
586 |
|
---|
587 | \value ActionBackspace Delete the character to the left of the
|
---|
588 | cursor.
|
---|
589 |
|
---|
590 | \value ActionDelete Delete the character to the right of the
|
---|
591 | cursor.
|
---|
592 |
|
---|
593 | \value ActionReturn Split the paragraph at the cursor position.
|
---|
594 |
|
---|
595 | \value ActionKill If the cursor is not at the end of the
|
---|
596 | paragraph, delete the text from the cursor position until the end
|
---|
597 | of the paragraph. If the cursor is at the end of the paragraph,
|
---|
598 | delete the hard line break at the end of the paragraph: this will
|
---|
599 | cause this paragraph to be joined with the following paragraph.
|
---|
600 |
|
---|
601 | \value ActionWordBackspace Delete the word to the left of the
|
---|
602 | cursor position.
|
---|
603 |
|
---|
604 | \value ActionWordDelete Delete the word to the right of the
|
---|
605 | cursor position
|
---|
606 |
|
---|
607 | */
|
---|
608 |
|
---|
609 | /*!
|
---|
610 | \enum QTextEdit::VerticalAlignment
|
---|
611 |
|
---|
612 | This enum is used to set the vertical alignment of the text.
|
---|
613 |
|
---|
614 | \value AlignNormal Normal alignment
|
---|
615 | \value AlignSuperScript Superscript
|
---|
616 | \value AlignSubScript Subscript
|
---|
617 | */
|
---|
618 |
|
---|
619 | /*!
|
---|
620 | \enum QTextEdit::TextInsertionFlags
|
---|
621 |
|
---|
622 | \internal
|
---|
623 |
|
---|
624 | \value RedoIndentation
|
---|
625 | \value CheckNewLines
|
---|
626 | \value RemoveSelected
|
---|
627 | */
|
---|
628 |
|
---|
629 |
|
---|
630 | /*!
|
---|
631 | \fn void QTextEdit::copyAvailable(bool yes)
|
---|
632 |
|
---|
633 | This signal is emitted when text is selected or de-selected in the
|
---|
634 | text edit.
|
---|
635 |
|
---|
636 | When text is selected this signal will be emitted with \a yes set
|
---|
637 | to TRUE. If no text has been selected or if the selected text is
|
---|
638 | de-selected this signal is emitted with \a yes set to FALSE.
|
---|
639 |
|
---|
640 | If \a yes is TRUE then copy() can be used to copy the selection to
|
---|
641 | the clipboard. If \a yes is FALSE then copy() does nothing.
|
---|
642 |
|
---|
643 | \sa selectionChanged()
|
---|
644 | */
|
---|
645 |
|
---|
646 |
|
---|
647 | /*!
|
---|
648 | \fn void QTextEdit::textChanged()
|
---|
649 |
|
---|
650 | This signal is emitted whenever the text in the text edit changes.
|
---|
651 |
|
---|
652 | \sa setText() append()
|
---|
653 | */
|
---|
654 |
|
---|
655 | /*!
|
---|
656 | \fn void QTextEdit::selectionChanged()
|
---|
657 |
|
---|
658 | This signal is emitted whenever the selection changes.
|
---|
659 |
|
---|
660 | \sa setSelection() copyAvailable()
|
---|
661 | */
|
---|
662 |
|
---|
663 | /*! \fn QTextDocument *QTextEdit::document() const
|
---|
664 |
|
---|
665 | \internal
|
---|
666 |
|
---|
667 | This function returns the QTextDocument which is used by the text
|
---|
668 | edit.
|
---|
669 | */
|
---|
670 |
|
---|
671 | /*! \fn void QTextEdit::setDocument( QTextDocument *doc )
|
---|
672 |
|
---|
673 | \internal
|
---|
674 |
|
---|
675 | This function sets the QTextDocument which should be used by the text
|
---|
676 | edit to \a doc. This can be used, for example, if you want to
|
---|
677 | display a document using multiple views. You would create a
|
---|
678 | QTextDocument and set it to the text edits which should display it.
|
---|
679 | You would need to connect to the textChanged() and
|
---|
680 | selectionChanged() signals of all the text edits and update them all
|
---|
681 | accordingly (preferably with a slight delay for efficiency reasons).
|
---|
682 | */
|
---|
683 |
|
---|
684 | /*!
|
---|
685 | \enum QTextEdit::CursorAction
|
---|
686 |
|
---|
687 | This enum is used by moveCursor() to specify in which direction
|
---|
688 | the cursor should be moved:
|
---|
689 |
|
---|
690 | \value MoveBackward Moves the cursor one character backward
|
---|
691 |
|
---|
692 | \value MoveWordBackward Moves the cursor one word backward
|
---|
693 |
|
---|
694 | \value MoveForward Moves the cursor one character forward
|
---|
695 |
|
---|
696 | \value MoveWordForward Moves the cursor one word forward
|
---|
697 |
|
---|
698 | \value MoveUp Moves the cursor up one line
|
---|
699 |
|
---|
700 | \value MoveDown Moves the cursor down one line
|
---|
701 |
|
---|
702 | \value MoveLineStart Moves the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
---|
703 |
|
---|
704 | \value MoveLineEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the line
|
---|
705 |
|
---|
706 | \value MoveHome Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document
|
---|
707 |
|
---|
708 | \value MoveEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the document
|
---|
709 |
|
---|
710 | \value MovePgUp Moves the cursor one viewport page up
|
---|
711 |
|
---|
712 | \value MovePgDown Moves the cursor one viewport page down
|
---|
713 | */
|
---|
714 |
|
---|
715 | /*!
|
---|
716 | \enum Qt::AnchorAttribute
|
---|
717 |
|
---|
718 | An anchor has one or more of the following attributes:
|
---|
719 |
|
---|
720 | \value AnchorName the name attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
|
---|
721 | used when scrolling to an anchor in the document.
|
---|
722 |
|
---|
723 | \value AnchorHref the href attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
|
---|
724 | used when a link is clicked to determine what content to load.
|
---|
725 | */
|
---|
726 |
|
---|
727 | /*!
|
---|
728 | \property QTextEdit::overwriteMode
|
---|
729 | \brief the text edit's overwrite mode
|
---|
730 |
|
---|
731 | If FALSE (the default) characters entered by the user are inserted
|
---|
732 | with any characters to the right being moved out of the way. If
|
---|
733 | TRUE, the editor is in overwrite mode, i.e. characters entered by
|
---|
734 | the user overwrite any characters to the right of the cursor
|
---|
735 | position.
|
---|
736 | */
|
---|
737 |
|
---|
738 | /*!
|
---|
739 | \fn void QTextEdit::setCurrentFont( const QFont &f )
|
---|
740 |
|
---|
741 | Sets the font of the current format to \a f.
|
---|
742 |
|
---|
743 | If the widget is in \c LogText mode this function will do
|
---|
744 | nothing. Use setFont() instead.
|
---|
745 |
|
---|
746 | \sa currentFont() setPointSize() setFamily()
|
---|
747 | */
|
---|
748 |
|
---|
749 | /*!
|
---|
750 | \property QTextEdit::undoDepth
|
---|
751 | \brief the depth of the undo history
|
---|
752 |
|
---|
753 | The maximum number of steps in the undo/redo history. The default
|
---|
754 | is 100.
|
---|
755 |
|
---|
756 | \sa undo() redo()
|
---|
757 | */
|
---|
758 |
|
---|
759 | /*!
|
---|
760 | \fn void QTextEdit::undoAvailable( bool yes )
|
---|
761 |
|
---|
762 | This signal is emitted when the availability of undo changes. If
|
---|
763 | \a yes is TRUE, then undo() will work until undoAvailable( FALSE )
|
---|
764 | is next emitted.
|
---|
765 |
|
---|
766 | \sa undo() undoDepth()
|
---|
767 | */
|
---|
768 |
|
---|
769 | /*!
|
---|
770 | \fn void QTextEdit::modificationChanged( bool m )
|
---|
771 |
|
---|
772 | This signal is emitted when the modification status of the
|
---|
773 | document has changed. If \a m is TRUE, the document was modified,
|
---|
774 | otherwise the modification state has been reset to unmodified.
|
---|
775 |
|
---|
776 | \sa modified
|
---|
777 | */
|
---|
778 |
|
---|
779 | /*!
|
---|
780 | \fn void QTextEdit::redoAvailable( bool yes )
|
---|
781 |
|
---|
782 | This signal is emitted when the availability of redo changes. If
|
---|
783 | \a yes is TRUE, then redo() will work until redoAvailable( FALSE )
|
---|
784 | is next emitted.
|
---|
785 |
|
---|
786 | \sa redo() undoDepth()
|
---|
787 | */
|
---|
788 |
|
---|
789 | /*!
|
---|
790 | \fn void QTextEdit::currentFontChanged( const QFont &f )
|
---|
791 |
|
---|
792 | This signal is emitted if the font of the current format has
|
---|
793 | changed.
|
---|
794 |
|
---|
795 | The new font is \a f.
|
---|
796 |
|
---|
797 | \sa setCurrentFont()
|
---|
798 | */
|
---|
799 |
|
---|
800 | /*!
|
---|
801 | \fn void QTextEdit::currentColorChanged( const QColor &c )
|
---|
802 |
|
---|
803 | This signal is emitted if the color of the current format has
|
---|
804 | changed.
|
---|
805 |
|
---|
806 | The new color is \a c.
|
---|
807 |
|
---|
808 | \sa setColor()
|
---|
809 | */
|
---|
810 |
|
---|
811 | /*!
|
---|
812 | \fn void QTextEdit::currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( VerticalAlignment a )
|
---|
813 |
|
---|
814 | This signal is emitted if the vertical alignment of the current
|
---|
815 | format has changed.
|
---|
816 |
|
---|
817 | The new vertical alignment is \a a.
|
---|
818 |
|
---|
819 | \sa setVerticalAlignment()
|
---|
820 | */
|
---|
821 |
|
---|
822 | /*!
|
---|
823 | \fn void QTextEdit::currentAlignmentChanged( int a )
|
---|
824 |
|
---|
825 | This signal is emitted if the alignment of the current paragraph
|
---|
826 | has changed.
|
---|
827 |
|
---|
828 | The new alignment is \a a.
|
---|
829 |
|
---|
830 | \sa setAlignment()
|
---|
831 | */
|
---|
832 |
|
---|
833 | /*!
|
---|
834 | \fn void QTextEdit::cursorPositionChanged( QTextCursor *c )
|
---|
835 |
|
---|
836 | \internal
|
---|
837 | */
|
---|
838 |
|
---|
839 | /*!
|
---|
840 | \fn void QTextEdit::cursorPositionChanged( int para, int pos )
|
---|
841 |
|
---|
842 | \overload
|
---|
843 |
|
---|
844 | This signal is emitted if the position of the cursor has changed.
|
---|
845 | \a para contains the paragraph index and \a pos contains the
|
---|
846 | character position within the paragraph.
|
---|
847 |
|
---|
848 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
---|
849 | */
|
---|
850 |
|
---|
851 | /*!
|
---|
852 | \fn void QTextEdit::clicked( int para, int pos )
|
---|
853 |
|
---|
854 | This signal is emitted when the mouse is clicked on the paragraph
|
---|
855 | \a para at character position \a pos.
|
---|
856 |
|
---|
857 | \sa doubleClicked()
|
---|
858 | */
|
---|
859 |
|
---|
860 | /*! \fn void QTextEdit::doubleClicked( int para, int pos )
|
---|
861 |
|
---|
862 | This signal is emitted when the mouse is double-clicked on the
|
---|
863 | paragraph \a para at character position \a pos.
|
---|
864 |
|
---|
865 | \sa clicked()
|
---|
866 | */
|
---|
867 |
|
---|
868 |
|
---|
869 | /*!
|
---|
870 | \fn void QTextEdit::returnPressed()
|
---|
871 |
|
---|
872 | This signal is emitted if the user pressed the Return or the Enter
|
---|
873 | key.
|
---|
874 | */
|
---|
875 |
|
---|
876 | /*!
|
---|
877 | \fn QTextCursor *QTextEdit::textCursor() const
|
---|
878 |
|
---|
879 | Returns the text edit's text cursor.
|
---|
880 |
|
---|
881 | \warning QTextCursor is not in the public API, but in special
|
---|
882 | circumstances you might wish to use it.
|
---|
883 | */
|
---|
884 |
|
---|
885 | /*!
|
---|
886 | Constructs an empty QTextEdit called \a name, with parent \a
|
---|
887 | parent.
|
---|
888 | */
|
---|
889 |
|
---|
890 | QTextEdit::QTextEdit( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
|
---|
891 | : QScrollView( parent, name, WStaticContents | WNoAutoErase ),
|
---|
892 | doc( new QTextDocument( 0 ) ), undoRedoInfo( doc )
|
---|
893 | {
|
---|
894 | init();
|
---|
895 | }
|
---|
896 |
|
---|
897 | /*!
|
---|
898 | Constructs a QTextEdit called \a name, with parent \a parent. The
|
---|
899 | text edit will display the text \a text using context \a context.
|
---|
900 |
|
---|
901 | The \a context is a path which the text edit's QMimeSourceFactory
|
---|
902 | uses to resolve the locations of files and images. It is passed to
|
---|
903 | the mimeSourceFactory() when quering data.
|
---|
904 |
|
---|
905 | For example if the text contains an image tag,
|
---|
906 | \c{<img src="image.png">}, and the context is "path/to/look/in", the
|
---|
907 | QMimeSourceFactory will try to load the image from
|
---|
908 | "path/to/look/in/image.png". If the tag was
|
---|
909 | \c{<img src="/image.png">}, the context will not be used (because
|
---|
910 | QMimeSourceFactory recognizes that we have used an absolute path)
|
---|
911 | and will try to load "/image.png". The context is applied in exactly
|
---|
912 | the same way to \e hrefs, for example,
|
---|
913 | \c{<a href="target.html">Target</a>}, would resolve to
|
---|
914 | "path/to/look/in/target.html".
|
---|
915 | */
|
---|
916 |
|
---|
917 | QTextEdit::QTextEdit( const QString& text, const QString& context,
|
---|
918 | QWidget *parent, const char *name)
|
---|
919 | : QScrollView( parent, name, WStaticContents | WNoAutoErase ),
|
---|
920 | doc( new QTextDocument( 0 ) ), undoRedoInfo( doc )
|
---|
921 | {
|
---|
922 | init();
|
---|
923 | setText( text, context );
|
---|
924 | }
|
---|
925 |
|
---|
926 | /*!
|
---|
927 | \reimp
|
---|
928 | */
|
---|
929 |
|
---|
930 | QTextEdit::~QTextEdit()
|
---|
931 | {
|
---|
932 | delete undoRedoInfo.d;
|
---|
933 | undoRedoInfo.d = 0;
|
---|
934 | delete cursor;
|
---|
935 | delete doc;
|
---|
936 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
937 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
938 | delete d->od;
|
---|
939 | #endif
|
---|
940 | delete d;
|
---|
941 | }
|
---|
942 |
|
---|
943 | void QTextEdit::init()
|
---|
944 | {
|
---|
945 | d = new QTextEditPrivate;
|
---|
946 | doc->formatCollection()->setPaintDevice( this );
|
---|
947 | undoEnabled = TRUE;
|
---|
948 | readonly = TRUE;
|
---|
949 | setReadOnly( FALSE );
|
---|
950 | setFrameStyle( LineEditPanel | Sunken );
|
---|
951 | connect( doc, SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ),
|
---|
952 | this, SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
|
---|
953 |
|
---|
954 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
---|
955 | inDoubleClick = FALSE;
|
---|
956 | modified = FALSE;
|
---|
957 | onLink = QString::null;
|
---|
958 | d->onName = QString::null;
|
---|
959 | overWrite = FALSE;
|
---|
960 | wrapMode = WidgetWidth;
|
---|
961 | wrapWidth = -1;
|
---|
962 | wPolicy = AtWhiteSpace;
|
---|
963 | inDnD = FALSE;
|
---|
964 | doc->setFormatter( new QTextFormatterBreakWords );
|
---|
965 | doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setFont( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
966 | doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setColor( colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Text ) );
|
---|
967 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
|
---|
968 | currentAlignment = Qt::AlignAuto;
|
---|
969 |
|
---|
970 | setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
|
---|
971 | viewport()->setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
|
---|
972 | viewport()->setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
|
---|
973 | resizeContents( 0, doc->lastParagraph() ?
|
---|
974 | ( doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1 ) * doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->height() : 0 );
|
---|
975 |
|
---|
976 | setKeyCompression( TRUE );
|
---|
977 | viewport()->setMouseTracking( TRUE );
|
---|
978 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
979 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
980 | #endif
|
---|
981 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
---|
982 |
|
---|
983 | formatTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
---|
984 | connect( formatTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
---|
985 | this, SLOT( formatMore() ) );
|
---|
986 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
987 |
|
---|
988 | scrollTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
---|
989 | connect( scrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
---|
990 | this, SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
|
---|
991 |
|
---|
992 | interval = 0;
|
---|
993 | changeIntervalTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
---|
994 | connect( changeIntervalTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
---|
995 | this, SLOT( doChangeInterval() ) );
|
---|
996 |
|
---|
997 | cursorVisible = TRUE;
|
---|
998 | blinkTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
---|
999 | connect( blinkTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
---|
1000 | this, SLOT( blinkCursor() ) );
|
---|
1001 |
|
---|
1002 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
1003 | dragStartTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
---|
1004 | connect( dragStartTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
---|
1005 | this, SLOT( startDrag() ) );
|
---|
1006 | #endif
|
---|
1007 |
|
---|
1008 | d->trippleClickTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
---|
1009 |
|
---|
1010 | formatMore();
|
---|
1011 |
|
---|
1012 | blinkCursorVisible = FALSE;
|
---|
1013 |
|
---|
1014 | viewport()->setFocusProxy( this );
|
---|
1015 | viewport()->setFocusPolicy( WheelFocus );
|
---|
1016 | setInputMethodEnabled( TRUE );
|
---|
1017 | viewport()->installEventFilter( this );
|
---|
1018 | connect( this, SIGNAL(horizontalSliderReleased()), this, SLOT(sliderReleased()) );
|
---|
1019 | connect( this, SIGNAL(verticalSliderReleased()), this, SLOT(sliderReleased()) );
|
---|
1020 | installEventFilter( this );
|
---|
1021 | }
|
---|
1022 |
|
---|
1023 | void QTextEdit::paintDocument( bool drawAll, QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
|
---|
1024 | {
|
---|
1025 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
1026 | Q_ASSERT( !d->optimMode );
|
---|
1027 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
1028 | return;
|
---|
1029 | #endif
|
---|
1030 |
|
---|
1031 | bool drawCur = hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus();
|
---|
1032 | if (( hasSelectedText() && !style().styleHint( QStyle::SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected ) ) ||
|
---|
1033 | isReadOnly() || !cursorVisible )
|
---|
1034 | drawCur = FALSE;
|
---|
1035 | QColorGroup g = colorGroup();
|
---|
1036 | const QColorGroup::ColorRole backRole = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode(backgroundMode());
|
---|
1037 | if ( doc->paper() )
|
---|
1038 | g.setBrush( backRole, *doc->paper() );
|
---|
1039 |
|
---|
1040 | if ( contentsY() < doc->y() ) {
|
---|
1041 | p->fillRect( contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), doc->y(),
|
---|
1042 | g.brush( backRole ) );
|
---|
1043 | }
|
---|
1044 | if ( drawAll && doc->width() - contentsX() < cx + cw ) {
|
---|
1045 | p->fillRect( doc->width() - contentsX(), cy, cx + cw - doc->width() + contentsX(), ch,
|
---|
1046 | g.brush( backRole ) );
|
---|
1047 | }
|
---|
1048 |
|
---|
1049 | p->setBrushOrigin( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
|
---|
1050 |
|
---|
1051 | lastFormatted = doc->draw( p, cx, cy, cw, ch, g, !drawAll, drawCur, cursor );
|
---|
1052 |
|
---|
1053 | if ( lastFormatted == doc->lastParagraph() )
|
---|
1054 | resizeContents( contentsWidth(), doc->height() );
|
---|
1055 |
|
---|
1056 | if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() && ( !doc->lastParagraph() || doc->lastParagraph()->isValid() ) && drawAll )
|
---|
1057 | p->fillRect( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
|
---|
1058 | visibleHeight() - contentsHeight(), g.brush( backRole ) );
|
---|
1059 | }
|
---|
1060 |
|
---|
1061 | /*!
|
---|
1062 | \reimp
|
---|
1063 | */
|
---|
1064 |
|
---|
1065 | void QTextEdit::drawContents( QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
|
---|
1066 | {
|
---|
1067 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
1068 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
1069 | optimDrawContents( p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
|
---|
1070 | return;
|
---|
1071 | }
|
---|
1072 | #endif
|
---|
1073 | paintDocument( TRUE, p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
|
---|
1074 | int v;
|
---|
1075 | p->setPen( foregroundColor() );
|
---|
1076 | if ( document()->isPageBreakEnabled() && ( v = document()->flow()->pageSize() ) > 0 ) {
|
---|
1077 | int l = int(cy / v) * v;
|
---|
1078 | while ( l < cy + ch ) {
|
---|
1079 | p->drawLine( cx, l, cx + cw - 1, l );
|
---|
1080 | l += v;
|
---|
1081 | }
|
---|
1082 | }
|
---|
1083 | }
|
---|
1084 |
|
---|
1085 | /*!
|
---|
1086 | \reimp
|
---|
1087 | */
|
---|
1088 |
|
---|
1089 | void QTextEdit::drawContents( QPainter *p )
|
---|
1090 | {
|
---|
1091 | if ( horizontalScrollBar()->isVisible() &&
|
---|
1092 | verticalScrollBar()->isVisible() ) {
|
---|
1093 | const QRect verticalRect = verticalScrollBar()->geometry();
|
---|
1094 | const QRect horizontalRect = horizontalScrollBar()->geometry();
|
---|
1095 |
|
---|
1096 | QRect cornerRect;
|
---|
1097 | cornerRect.setTop( verticalRect.bottom() );
|
---|
1098 | cornerRect.setBottom( horizontalRect.bottom() );
|
---|
1099 | cornerRect.setLeft( verticalRect.left() );
|
---|
1100 | cornerRect.setRight( verticalRect.right() );
|
---|
1101 |
|
---|
1102 | p->fillRect( cornerRect, colorGroup().background() );
|
---|
1103 | }
|
---|
1104 | }
|
---|
1105 |
|
---|
1106 | /*!
|
---|
1107 | \reimp
|
---|
1108 | */
|
---|
1109 |
|
---|
1110 | bool QTextEdit::event( QEvent *e )
|
---|
1111 | {
|
---|
1112 | if ( e->type() == QEvent::AccelOverride && !isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
1113 | QKeyEvent* ke = (QKeyEvent*) e;
|
---|
1114 | if ( ke->state() == NoButton || ke->state() == ShiftButton
|
---|
1115 | || ke->state() == Keypad ) {
|
---|
1116 | if ( ke->key() < Key_Escape ) {
|
---|
1117 | ke->accept();
|
---|
1118 | } else if ( ke->state() == NoButton
|
---|
1119 | || ke->state() == ShiftButton ) {
|
---|
1120 | switch ( ke->key() ) {
|
---|
1121 | case Key_Return:
|
---|
1122 | case Key_Enter:
|
---|
1123 | case Key_Delete:
|
---|
1124 | case Key_Home:
|
---|
1125 | case Key_End:
|
---|
1126 | case Key_Backspace:
|
---|
1127 | case Key_Left:
|
---|
1128 | case Key_Right:
|
---|
1129 | ke->accept();
|
---|
1130 | default:
|
---|
1131 | break;
|
---|
1132 | }
|
---|
1133 | }
|
---|
1134 | } else if ( ke->state() & ControlButton ) {
|
---|
1135 | switch ( ke->key() ) {
|
---|
1136 | case Key_Tab:
|
---|
1137 | case Key_Backtab:
|
---|
1138 | ke->ignore();
|
---|
1139 | break;
|
---|
1140 | // Those are too frequently used for application functionality
|
---|
1141 | /* case Key_A:
|
---|
1142 | case Key_B:
|
---|
1143 | case Key_D:
|
---|
1144 | case Key_E:
|
---|
1145 | case Key_F:
|
---|
1146 | case Key_H:
|
---|
1147 | case Key_I:
|
---|
1148 | case Key_K:
|
---|
1149 | case Key_N:
|
---|
1150 | case Key_P:
|
---|
1151 | case Key_T:
|
---|
1152 | */
|
---|
1153 | case Key_C:
|
---|
1154 | case Key_V:
|
---|
1155 | case Key_X:
|
---|
1156 | case Key_Y:
|
---|
1157 | case Key_Z:
|
---|
1158 | case Key_Left:
|
---|
1159 | case Key_Right:
|
---|
1160 | case Key_Up:
|
---|
1161 | case Key_Down:
|
---|
1162 | case Key_Home:
|
---|
1163 | case Key_End:
|
---|
1164 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1165 | case Key_Insert:
|
---|
1166 | case Key_Delete:
|
---|
1167 | #endif
|
---|
1168 | ke->accept();
|
---|
1169 | default:
|
---|
1170 | break;
|
---|
1171 | }
|
---|
1172 | } else {
|
---|
1173 | switch ( ke->key() ) {
|
---|
1174 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1175 | case Key_Insert:
|
---|
1176 | ke->accept();
|
---|
1177 | #endif
|
---|
1178 | default:
|
---|
1179 | break;
|
---|
1180 | }
|
---|
1181 | }
|
---|
1182 | }
|
---|
1183 |
|
---|
1184 | if ( e->type() == QEvent::Show ) {
|
---|
1185 | if (
|
---|
1186 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
1187 | !d->optimMode &&
|
---|
1188 | #endif
|
---|
1189 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent ) {
|
---|
1190 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1191 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = FALSE;
|
---|
1192 | }
|
---|
1193 | if ( !d->scrollToAnchor.isEmpty() ) {
|
---|
1194 | scrollToAnchor( d->scrollToAnchor );
|
---|
1195 | d->scrollToAnchor = QString::null;
|
---|
1196 | }
|
---|
1197 | }
|
---|
1198 | return QWidget::event( e );
|
---|
1199 | }
|
---|
1200 |
|
---|
1201 | /*!
|
---|
1202 | Processes the key event, \a e. By default key events are used to
|
---|
1203 | provide keyboard navigation and text editing.
|
---|
1204 | */
|
---|
1205 |
|
---|
1206 | void QTextEdit::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
|
---|
1207 | {
|
---|
1208 | changeIntervalTimer->stop();
|
---|
1209 | interval = 10;
|
---|
1210 | bool unknownKey = FALSE;
|
---|
1211 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
1212 | if ( !handleReadOnlyKeyEvent( e ) )
|
---|
1213 | QScrollView::keyPressEvent( e );
|
---|
1214 | changeIntervalTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
|
---|
1215 | return;
|
---|
1216 | }
|
---|
1217 |
|
---|
1218 |
|
---|
1219 | bool selChanged = FALSE;
|
---|
1220 | for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i ) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
---|
1221 | selChanged = doc->removeSelection( i ) || selChanged;
|
---|
1222 |
|
---|
1223 | if ( selChanged ) {
|
---|
1224 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
|
---|
1225 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1226 | }
|
---|
1227 |
|
---|
1228 | bool clearUndoRedoInfo = TRUE;
|
---|
1229 |
|
---|
1230 |
|
---|
1231 | switch ( e->key() ) {
|
---|
1232 | case Key_Left:
|
---|
1233 | case Key_Right: {
|
---|
1234 | // a bit hacky, but can't change this without introducing new enum values for move and keeping the
|
---|
1235 | // correct semantics and movement for BiDi and non BiDi text.
|
---|
1236 | CursorAction a;
|
---|
1237 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->string()->isRightToLeft() == (e->key() == Key_Right) )
|
---|
1238 | a = e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveWordBackward : MoveBackward;
|
---|
1239 | else
|
---|
1240 | a = e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveWordForward : MoveForward;
|
---|
1241 | moveCursor( a, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1242 | break;
|
---|
1243 | }
|
---|
1244 | case Key_Up:
|
---|
1245 | moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MovePgUp : MoveUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1246 | break;
|
---|
1247 | case Key_Down:
|
---|
1248 | moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MovePgDown : MoveDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1249 | break;
|
---|
1250 | case Key_Home:
|
---|
1251 | moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveHome : MoveLineStart, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1252 | break;
|
---|
1253 | case Key_End:
|
---|
1254 | moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveEnd : MoveLineEnd, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1255 | break;
|
---|
1256 | case Key_Prior:
|
---|
1257 | moveCursor( MovePgUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1258 | break;
|
---|
1259 | case Key_Next:
|
---|
1260 | moveCursor( MovePgDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1261 | break;
|
---|
1262 | case Key_Return: case Key_Enter:
|
---|
1263 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, FALSE ) )
|
---|
1264 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1265 | if ( textFormat() == Qt::RichText && ( e->state() & ControlButton ) ) {
|
---|
1266 | // Ctrl-Enter inserts a line break in rich text mode
|
---|
1267 | insert( QString( QChar( 0x2028) ), TRUE, FALSE );
|
---|
1268 | } else {
|
---|
1269 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
1270 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
1271 | #endif
|
---|
1272 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
---|
1273 | doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
|
---|
1274 | emit returnPressed();
|
---|
1275 | }
|
---|
1276 | break;
|
---|
1277 | case Key_Delete:
|
---|
1278 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1279 | if ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) {
|
---|
1280 | cut();
|
---|
1281 | break;
|
---|
1282 | } else
|
---|
1283 | #endif
|
---|
1284 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) ) {
|
---|
1285 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1286 | break;
|
---|
1287 | }
|
---|
1288 | doKeyboardAction( e->state() & ControlButton ? ActionWordDelete
|
---|
1289 | : ActionDelete );
|
---|
1290 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
---|
1291 |
|
---|
1292 | break;
|
---|
1293 | case Key_Insert:
|
---|
1294 | if ( e->state() & ShiftButton )
|
---|
1295 | paste();
|
---|
1296 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1297 | else if ( e->state() & ControlButton )
|
---|
1298 | copy();
|
---|
1299 | #endif
|
---|
1300 | else
|
---|
1301 | setOverwriteMode( !isOverwriteMode() );
|
---|
1302 | break;
|
---|
1303 | case Key_Backspace:
|
---|
1304 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1305 | if ( e->state() & AltButton ) {
|
---|
1306 | if (e->state() & ControlButton ) {
|
---|
1307 | break;
|
---|
1308 | } else if ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) {
|
---|
1309 | redo();
|
---|
1310 | break;
|
---|
1311 | } else {
|
---|
1312 | undo();
|
---|
1313 | break;
|
---|
1314 | }
|
---|
1315 | } else
|
---|
1316 | #endif
|
---|
1317 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) ) {
|
---|
1318 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1319 | break;
|
---|
1320 | }
|
---|
1321 |
|
---|
1322 | doKeyboardAction( e->state() & ControlButton ? ActionWordBackspace
|
---|
1323 | : ActionBackspace );
|
---|
1324 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
---|
1325 | break;
|
---|
1326 | case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
1327 | copy();
|
---|
1328 | break;
|
---|
1329 | case Key_F18: // Paste key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
1330 | paste();
|
---|
1331 | break;
|
---|
1332 | case Key_F20: // Cut key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
1333 | cut();
|
---|
1334 | break;
|
---|
1335 | case Key_Direction_L:
|
---|
1336 | if ( doc->textFormat() == Qt::PlainText ) {
|
---|
1337 | // change the whole doc
|
---|
1338 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
1339 | while ( p ) {
|
---|
1340 | p->setDirection( QChar::DirL );
|
---|
1341 | p->setAlignment( Qt::AlignLeft );
|
---|
1342 | p->invalidate( 0 );
|
---|
1343 | p = p->next();
|
---|
1344 | }
|
---|
1345 | } else {
|
---|
1346 | if ( !cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == QChar::DirL )
|
---|
1347 | return;
|
---|
1348 | cursor->paragraph()->setDirection( QChar::DirL );
|
---|
1349 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
|
---|
1350 | ( (cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignRight) ) != 0 ) )
|
---|
1351 | setAlignment( Qt::AlignLeft );
|
---|
1352 | }
|
---|
1353 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1354 | break;
|
---|
1355 | case Key_Direction_R:
|
---|
1356 | if ( doc->textFormat() == Qt::PlainText ) {
|
---|
1357 | // change the whole doc
|
---|
1358 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
1359 | while ( p ) {
|
---|
1360 | p->setDirection( QChar::DirR );
|
---|
1361 | p->setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
|
---|
1362 | p->invalidate( 0 );
|
---|
1363 | p = p->next();
|
---|
1364 | }
|
---|
1365 | } else {
|
---|
1366 | if ( !cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == QChar::DirR )
|
---|
1367 | return;
|
---|
1368 | cursor->paragraph()->setDirection( QChar::DirR );
|
---|
1369 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
|
---|
1370 | ( (cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignRight) ) != 0 ) )
|
---|
1371 | setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
|
---|
1372 | }
|
---|
1373 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1374 | break;
|
---|
1375 | default: {
|
---|
1376 | if ( e->text().length() &&
|
---|
1377 | ( !( e->state() & ControlButton ) &&
|
---|
1378 | #ifndef Q_OS_MACX
|
---|
1379 | !( e->state() & AltButton ) &&
|
---|
1380 | #endif
|
---|
1381 | !( e->state() & MetaButton ) ||
|
---|
1382 | ( ( (e->state()&ControlButton) | AltButton ) == (ControlButton|AltButton) ) ) &&
|
---|
1383 | ( !e->ascii() || e->ascii() >= 32 || e->text() == "\t" ) ) {
|
---|
1384 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
---|
1385 | if ( e->key() == Key_Tab ) {
|
---|
1386 | if ( d->tabChangesFocus ) {
|
---|
1387 | e->ignore();
|
---|
1388 | break;
|
---|
1389 | }
|
---|
1390 | if ( textFormat() == Qt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
|
---|
1391 | && ( cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() ) ) {
|
---|
1392 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1393 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
---|
1394 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1395 | undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
---|
1396 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
|
---|
1397 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() +1 );
|
---|
1398 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1399 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
1400 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1401 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
1402 | break;
|
---|
1403 | }
|
---|
1404 | } else if ( e->key() == Key_BackTab ) {
|
---|
1405 | if ( d->tabChangesFocus ) {
|
---|
1406 | e->ignore();
|
---|
1407 | break;
|
---|
1408 | }
|
---|
1409 | }
|
---|
1410 |
|
---|
1411 | if ( ( autoFormatting() & AutoBulletList ) &&
|
---|
1412 | textFormat() == Qt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
|
---|
1413 | && !cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
|
---|
1414 | && ( e->text()[0] == '-' || e->text()[0] == '*' ) ) {
|
---|
1415 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1416 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
---|
1417 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1418 | undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
---|
1419 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
|
---|
1420 | setParagType( QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc );
|
---|
1421 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1422 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
1423 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1424 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
1425 | break;
|
---|
1426 | }
|
---|
1427 | if ( overWrite && !cursor->atParagEnd() )
|
---|
1428 | cursor->remove();
|
---|
1429 | QString t = e->text();
|
---|
1430 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
1431 | extern bool qt_hebrew_keyboard_hack;
|
---|
1432 | if ( qt_hebrew_keyboard_hack ) {
|
---|
1433 | // the X11 keyboard layout is broken and does not reverse
|
---|
1434 | // braces correctly. This is a hack to get halfway correct
|
---|
1435 | // behaviour
|
---|
1436 | QTextParagraph *p = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
1437 | if ( p && p->string() && p->string()->isRightToLeft() ) {
|
---|
1438 | QChar *c = (QChar *)t.unicode();
|
---|
1439 | int l = t.length();
|
---|
1440 | while( l-- ) {
|
---|
1441 | if ( c->mirrored() )
|
---|
1442 | *c = c->mirroredChar();
|
---|
1443 | c++;
|
---|
1444 | }
|
---|
1445 | }
|
---|
1446 | }
|
---|
1447 | #endif
|
---|
1448 | insert( t, TRUE, FALSE );
|
---|
1449 | break;
|
---|
1450 | } else if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
|
---|
1451 | switch ( e->key() ) {
|
---|
1452 | case Key_C: case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
1453 | copy();
|
---|
1454 | break;
|
---|
1455 | case Key_V:
|
---|
1456 | paste();
|
---|
1457 | break;
|
---|
1458 | case Key_X:
|
---|
1459 | cut();
|
---|
1460 | break;
|
---|
1461 | case Key_I: case Key_T: case Key_Tab:
|
---|
1462 | if ( !d->tabChangesFocus )
|
---|
1463 | indent();
|
---|
1464 | break;
|
---|
1465 | case Key_A:
|
---|
1466 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
1467 | moveCursor( MoveLineStart, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1468 | #else
|
---|
1469 | selectAll( TRUE );
|
---|
1470 | #endif
|
---|
1471 | break;
|
---|
1472 | case Key_B:
|
---|
1473 | moveCursor( MoveBackward, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1474 | break;
|
---|
1475 | case Key_F:
|
---|
1476 | moveCursor( MoveForward, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1477 | break;
|
---|
1478 | case Key_D:
|
---|
1479 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
---|
1480 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1481 | break;
|
---|
1482 | }
|
---|
1483 | doKeyboardAction( ActionDelete );
|
---|
1484 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
---|
1485 | break;
|
---|
1486 | case Key_H:
|
---|
1487 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
---|
1488 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1489 | break;
|
---|
1490 | }
|
---|
1491 | if ( !cursor->paragraph()->prev() &&
|
---|
1492 | cursor->atParagStart() )
|
---|
1493 | break;
|
---|
1494 |
|
---|
1495 | doKeyboardAction( ActionBackspace );
|
---|
1496 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
---|
1497 | break;
|
---|
1498 | case Key_E:
|
---|
1499 | moveCursor( MoveLineEnd, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1500 | break;
|
---|
1501 | case Key_N:
|
---|
1502 | moveCursor( MoveDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1503 | break;
|
---|
1504 | case Key_P:
|
---|
1505 | moveCursor( MoveUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
---|
1506 | break;
|
---|
1507 | case Key_Z:
|
---|
1508 | if(e->state() & ShiftButton)
|
---|
1509 | redo();
|
---|
1510 | else
|
---|
1511 | undo();
|
---|
1512 | break;
|
---|
1513 | case Key_Y:
|
---|
1514 | redo();
|
---|
1515 | break;
|
---|
1516 | case Key_K:
|
---|
1517 | doKeyboardAction( ActionKill );
|
---|
1518 | break;
|
---|
1519 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1520 | case Key_Insert:
|
---|
1521 | copy();
|
---|
1522 | break;
|
---|
1523 | case Key_Delete:
|
---|
1524 | del();
|
---|
1525 | break;
|
---|
1526 | #endif
|
---|
1527 | default:
|
---|
1528 | unknownKey = FALSE;
|
---|
1529 | break;
|
---|
1530 | }
|
---|
1531 | } else {
|
---|
1532 | unknownKey = TRUE;
|
---|
1533 | }
|
---|
1534 | }
|
---|
1535 | }
|
---|
1536 |
|
---|
1537 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
---|
1538 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
---|
1539 | if ( clearUndoRedoInfo )
|
---|
1540 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1541 | changeIntervalTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
|
---|
1542 | if ( unknownKey )
|
---|
1543 | e->ignore();
|
---|
1544 | }
|
---|
1545 |
|
---|
1546 | /*!
|
---|
1547 | \reimp
|
---|
1548 | */
|
---|
1549 | void QTextEdit::imStartEvent( QIMEvent *e )
|
---|
1550 | {
|
---|
1551 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
1552 | e->ignore();
|
---|
1553 | return;
|
---|
1554 | }
|
---|
1555 |
|
---|
1556 | if ( hasSelectedText() )
|
---|
1557 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
1558 | d->preeditStart = cursor->index();
|
---|
1559 | }
|
---|
1560 |
|
---|
1561 | /*!
|
---|
1562 | \reimp
|
---|
1563 | */
|
---|
1564 | void QTextEdit::imComposeEvent( QIMEvent *e )
|
---|
1565 | {
|
---|
1566 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
1567 | e->ignore();
|
---|
1568 | return;
|
---|
1569 | }
|
---|
1570 |
|
---|
1571 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::IMCompositionText );
|
---|
1572 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::IMSelectionText );
|
---|
1573 |
|
---|
1574 | if ( d->preeditLength > 0 && cursor->paragraph() )
|
---|
1575 | cursor->paragraph()->remove( d->preeditStart, d->preeditLength );
|
---|
1576 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
|
---|
1577 | insert( e->text() );
|
---|
1578 | d->preeditLength = e->text().length();
|
---|
1579 |
|
---|
1580 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + d->preeditLength );
|
---|
1581 | QTextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
1582 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
|
---|
1583 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::IMCompositionText, *cursor );
|
---|
1584 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::IMCompositionText, c );
|
---|
1585 |
|
---|
1586 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() );
|
---|
1587 |
|
---|
1588 | int sellen = e->selectionLength();
|
---|
1589 | if ( sellen > 0 ) {
|
---|
1590 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() + sellen );
|
---|
1591 | c = *cursor;
|
---|
1592 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() );
|
---|
1593 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::IMSelectionText, *cursor );
|
---|
1594 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::IMSelectionText, c );
|
---|
1595 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + d->preeditLength );
|
---|
1596 | }
|
---|
1597 |
|
---|
1598 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1599 | }
|
---|
1600 |
|
---|
1601 | /*!
|
---|
1602 | \reimp
|
---|
1603 | */
|
---|
1604 | void QTextEdit::imEndEvent( QIMEvent *e )
|
---|
1605 | {
|
---|
1606 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
1607 | e->ignore();
|
---|
1608 | return;
|
---|
1609 | }
|
---|
1610 |
|
---|
1611 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::IMCompositionText );
|
---|
1612 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::IMSelectionText );
|
---|
1613 |
|
---|
1614 | if ( d->preeditLength > 0 && cursor->paragraph() )
|
---|
1615 | cursor->paragraph()->remove( d->preeditStart, d->preeditLength );
|
---|
1616 | if ( d->preeditStart >= 0 ) {
|
---|
1617 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
|
---|
1618 | insert( e->text() );
|
---|
1619 | }
|
---|
1620 | d->preeditStart = d->preeditLength = -1;
|
---|
1621 |
|
---|
1622 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1623 | }
|
---|
1624 |
|
---|
1625 |
|
---|
1626 | static bool qtextedit_ignore_readonly = FALSE;
|
---|
1627 |
|
---|
1628 | /*!
|
---|
1629 | Executes keyboard action \a action. This is normally called by a
|
---|
1630 | key event handler.
|
---|
1631 | */
|
---|
1632 |
|
---|
1633 | void QTextEdit::doKeyboardAction( KeyboardAction action )
|
---|
1634 | {
|
---|
1635 | if ( isReadOnly() && !qtextedit_ignore_readonly )
|
---|
1636 | return;
|
---|
1637 |
|
---|
1638 | if ( cursor->nestedDepth() != 0 ) // #### for 3.0, disable editing of tables as this is not advanced enough
|
---|
1639 | return;
|
---|
1640 |
|
---|
1641 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
1642 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
1643 | bool doUpdateCurrentFormat = TRUE;
|
---|
1644 |
|
---|
1645 | switch ( action ) {
|
---|
1646 | case ActionWordDelete:
|
---|
1647 | case ActionDelete:
|
---|
1648 | if ( action == ActionDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd() ) {
|
---|
1649 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
---|
1650 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Delete );
|
---|
1651 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
---|
1652 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1653 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
---|
1654 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
---|
1655 | }
|
---|
1656 | int idx = cursor->index();
|
---|
1657 | do {
|
---|
1658 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert( undoRedoInfo.d->text.length(), cursor->paragraph()->at( idx++ ), TRUE );
|
---|
1659 | } while ( !cursor->paragraph()->string()->validCursorPosition( idx ) );
|
---|
1660 | }
|
---|
1661 | cursor->remove();
|
---|
1662 | } else {
|
---|
1663 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1664 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
---|
1665 | if ( action == ActionWordDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd() ) {
|
---|
1666 | cursor->gotoNextWord();
|
---|
1667 | } else {
|
---|
1668 | cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
1669 | }
|
---|
1670 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
---|
1671 | removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
1672 | }
|
---|
1673 | break;
|
---|
1674 | case ActionWordBackspace:
|
---|
1675 | case ActionBackspace:
|
---|
1676 | if ( textFormat() == Qt::RichText
|
---|
1677 | && (cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
|
---|
1678 | || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() )
|
---|
1679 | && cursor->index() == 0 ) {
|
---|
1680 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
---|
1681 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1682 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
---|
1683 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1684 | undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
---|
1685 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
|
---|
1686 | }
|
---|
1687 | int ldepth = cursor->paragraph()->listDepth();
|
---|
1688 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() && ldepth == 1 ) {
|
---|
1689 | cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
|
---|
1690 | } else if ( QMAX( ldepth, 1 ) == 1 ) {
|
---|
1691 | cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
|
---|
1692 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( 0 );
|
---|
1693 | } else {
|
---|
1694 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( ldepth - 1 );
|
---|
1695 | }
|
---|
1696 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1697 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
1698 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1699 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
1700 | return;
|
---|
1701 | }
|
---|
1702 |
|
---|
1703 | if ( action == ActionBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart() ) {
|
---|
1704 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
---|
1705 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Delete );
|
---|
1706 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
---|
1707 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1708 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
---|
1709 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
---|
1710 | }
|
---|
1711 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert( 0, cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index()-1 ), TRUE );
|
---|
1712 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index()-1;
|
---|
1713 | }
|
---|
1714 | cursor->removePreviousChar();
|
---|
1715 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
1716 | } else if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev()
|
---|
1717 | || (action == ActionWordBackspace
|
---|
1718 | && !cursor->atParagStart()) ) {
|
---|
1719 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1720 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
---|
1721 | if ( action == ActionWordBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart() ) {
|
---|
1722 | cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
|
---|
1723 | } else {
|
---|
1724 | cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
1725 | }
|
---|
1726 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
---|
1727 | removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
1728 | }
|
---|
1729 | break;
|
---|
1730 | case ActionReturn:
|
---|
1731 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
---|
1732 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Return );
|
---|
1733 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
---|
1734 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
1735 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
---|
1736 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
---|
1737 | }
|
---|
1738 | undoRedoInfo.d->text += "\n";
|
---|
1739 | }
|
---|
1740 | cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
|
---|
1741 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev() ) {
|
---|
1742 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph()->prev();
|
---|
1743 | lastFormatted->invalidate( 0 );
|
---|
1744 | }
|
---|
1745 | doUpdateCurrentFormat = FALSE;
|
---|
1746 | break;
|
---|
1747 | case ActionKill:
|
---|
1748 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1749 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
---|
1750 | if ( cursor->atParagEnd() )
|
---|
1751 | cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
1752 | else
|
---|
1753 | cursor->setIndex( cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 );
|
---|
1754 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
---|
1755 | removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
1756 | break;
|
---|
1757 | }
|
---|
1758 |
|
---|
1759 | formatMore();
|
---|
1760 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1761 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1762 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
1763 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
1764 | if ( doUpdateCurrentFormat )
|
---|
1765 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
1766 | setModified();
|
---|
1767 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
1768 | }
|
---|
1769 |
|
---|
1770 | void QTextEdit::readFormats( QTextCursor &c1, QTextCursor &c2, QTextString &text, bool fillStyles )
|
---|
1771 | {
|
---|
1772 | #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
---|
1773 | QDataStream styleStream( undoRedoInfo.styleInformation, IO_WriteOnly );
|
---|
1774 | #endif
|
---|
1775 | c2.restoreState();
|
---|
1776 | c1.restoreState();
|
---|
1777 | int lastIndex = text.length();
|
---|
1778 | if ( c1.paragraph() == c2.paragraph() ) {
|
---|
1779 | for ( int i = c1.index(); i < c2.index(); ++i )
|
---|
1780 | text.insert( lastIndex + i - c1.index(), c1.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
|
---|
1781 | #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
---|
1782 | if ( fillStyles ) {
|
---|
1783 | styleStream << (int) 1;
|
---|
1784 | c1.paragraph()->writeStyleInformation( styleStream );
|
---|
1785 | }
|
---|
1786 | #endif
|
---|
1787 | } else {
|
---|
1788 | int i;
|
---|
1789 | for ( i = c1.index(); i < c1.paragraph()->length()-1; ++i )
|
---|
1790 | text.insert( lastIndex++, c1.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
|
---|
1791 | int num = 2; // start and end, being different
|
---|
1792 | text += "\n"; lastIndex++;
|
---|
1793 | QTextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph()->next();
|
---|
1794 | while ( p && p != c2.paragraph() ) {
|
---|
1795 | for ( i = 0; i < p->length()-1; ++i )
|
---|
1796 | text.insert( lastIndex++ , p->at( i ), TRUE );
|
---|
1797 | text += "\n"; num++; lastIndex++;
|
---|
1798 | p = p->next();
|
---|
1799 | }
|
---|
1800 | for ( i = 0; i < c2.index(); ++i )
|
---|
1801 | text.insert( i + lastIndex, c2.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
|
---|
1802 | #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
---|
1803 | if ( fillStyles ) {
|
---|
1804 | styleStream << num;
|
---|
1805 | for ( QTextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph(); --num >= 0; p = p->next() )
|
---|
1806 | p->writeStyleInformation( styleStream );
|
---|
1807 | }
|
---|
1808 | #endif
|
---|
1809 | }
|
---|
1810 | }
|
---|
1811 |
|
---|
1812 | /*!
|
---|
1813 | Removes the selection \a selNum (by default 0). This does not
|
---|
1814 | remove the selected text.
|
---|
1815 |
|
---|
1816 | \sa removeSelectedText()
|
---|
1817 | */
|
---|
1818 |
|
---|
1819 | void QTextEdit::removeSelection( int selNum )
|
---|
1820 | {
|
---|
1821 | doc->removeSelection( selNum );
|
---|
1822 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1823 | }
|
---|
1824 |
|
---|
1825 | /*!
|
---|
1826 | Deletes the text of selection \a selNum (by default, the default
|
---|
1827 | selection, 0). If there is no selected text nothing happens.
|
---|
1828 |
|
---|
1829 | \sa selectedText removeSelection()
|
---|
1830 | */
|
---|
1831 |
|
---|
1832 | void QTextEdit::removeSelectedText( int selNum )
|
---|
1833 | {
|
---|
1834 | QTextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( selNum );
|
---|
1835 | c1.restoreState();
|
---|
1836 | QTextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( selNum );
|
---|
1837 | c2.restoreState();
|
---|
1838 |
|
---|
1839 | // ### no support for editing tables yet, plus security for broken selections
|
---|
1840 | if ( c1.nestedDepth() || c2.nestedDepth() )
|
---|
1841 | return;
|
---|
1842 |
|
---|
1843 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i ) {
|
---|
1844 | if ( i == selNum )
|
---|
1845 | continue;
|
---|
1846 | doc->removeSelection( i );
|
---|
1847 | }
|
---|
1848 |
|
---|
1849 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
1850 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
---|
1851 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::RemoveSelected );
|
---|
1852 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
---|
1853 | doc->selectionStart( selNum, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.index );
|
---|
1854 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
---|
1855 | }
|
---|
1856 | readFormats( c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text, TRUE );
|
---|
1857 | }
|
---|
1858 |
|
---|
1859 | doc->removeSelectedText( selNum, cursor );
|
---|
1860 | if ( cursor->isValid() ) {
|
---|
1861 | lastFormatted = 0; // make sync a noop
|
---|
1862 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1863 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
1864 | formatMore();
|
---|
1865 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
---|
1866 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1867 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
1868 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
1869 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
1870 | // there seems to be a problem with repainting or erasing the area
|
---|
1871 | // of the scrollview which is not the contents on windows
|
---|
1872 | if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() )
|
---|
1873 | viewport()->repaint( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() - contentsHeight(), TRUE );
|
---|
1874 | #endif
|
---|
1875 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
1876 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
1877 | #endif
|
---|
1878 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
1879 | } else {
|
---|
1880 | delete cursor;
|
---|
1881 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
---|
1882 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
1883 | repaintContents( TRUE );
|
---|
1884 | }
|
---|
1885 | setModified();
|
---|
1886 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
1887 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
1888 | emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
---|
1889 | }
|
---|
1890 |
|
---|
1891 | /*!
|
---|
1892 | Moves the text cursor according to \a action. This is normally
|
---|
1893 | used by some key event handler. \a select specifies whether the
|
---|
1894 | text between the current cursor position and the new position
|
---|
1895 | should be selected.
|
---|
1896 | */
|
---|
1897 |
|
---|
1898 | void QTextEdit::moveCursor( CursorAction action, bool select )
|
---|
1899 | {
|
---|
1900 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
1901 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
1902 | return;
|
---|
1903 | #endif
|
---|
1904 | #ifdef Q_WS_MACX
|
---|
1905 | QTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
---|
1906 | QTextCursor c2;
|
---|
1907 | #endif
|
---|
1908 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
1909 | if ( select ) {
|
---|
1910 | if ( !doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) )
|
---|
1911 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
---|
1912 | moveCursor( action );
|
---|
1913 | #ifdef Q_WS_MACX
|
---|
1914 | c2 = *cursor;
|
---|
1915 | if (c1 == c2)
|
---|
1916 | if (action == MoveDown || action == MovePgDown)
|
---|
1917 | moveCursor( MoveEnd );
|
---|
1918 | else if (action == MoveUp || action == MovePgUp)
|
---|
1919 | moveCursor( MoveHome );
|
---|
1920 | #endif
|
---|
1921 | if ( doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) ) {
|
---|
1922 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
|
---|
1923 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1924 | } else {
|
---|
1925 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
1926 | }
|
---|
1927 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1928 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
1929 | emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
---|
1930 | } else {
|
---|
1931 | #ifdef Q_WS_MACX
|
---|
1932 | QTextCursor cStart = doc->selectionStartCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
1933 | QTextCursor cEnd = doc->selectionEndCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
1934 | bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
1935 | if (redraw && action == MoveDown)
|
---|
1936 | *cursor = cEnd;
|
---|
1937 | else if (redraw && action == MoveUp)
|
---|
1938 | *cursor = cStart;
|
---|
1939 | if (redraw && action == MoveForward)
|
---|
1940 | *cursor = cEnd;
|
---|
1941 | else if (redraw && action == MoveBackward)
|
---|
1942 | *cursor = cStart;
|
---|
1943 | else
|
---|
1944 | moveCursor( action );
|
---|
1945 | c2 = *cursor;
|
---|
1946 | if (c1 == c2)
|
---|
1947 | if (action == MoveDown)
|
---|
1948 | moveCursor( MoveEnd );
|
---|
1949 | else if (action == MoveUp)
|
---|
1950 | moveCursor( MoveHome );
|
---|
1951 | #else
|
---|
1952 | bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
1953 | moveCursor( action );
|
---|
1954 | #endif
|
---|
1955 | if ( !redraw ) {
|
---|
1956 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1957 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
1958 | } else {
|
---|
1959 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
|
---|
1960 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
1961 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
1962 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
1963 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
1964 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
1965 | #endif
|
---|
1966 | }
|
---|
1967 | if ( redraw ) {
|
---|
1968 | emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
---|
1969 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
1970 | }
|
---|
1971 | }
|
---|
1972 |
|
---|
1973 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
1974 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
1975 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
1976 | }
|
---|
1977 |
|
---|
1978 | /*!
|
---|
1979 | \overload
|
---|
1980 | */
|
---|
1981 |
|
---|
1982 | void QTextEdit::moveCursor( CursorAction action )
|
---|
1983 | {
|
---|
1984 | resetInputContext();
|
---|
1985 | switch ( action ) {
|
---|
1986 | case MoveBackward:
|
---|
1987 | cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
1988 | break;
|
---|
1989 | case MoveWordBackward:
|
---|
1990 | cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
|
---|
1991 | break;
|
---|
1992 | case MoveForward:
|
---|
1993 | cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
1994 | break;
|
---|
1995 | case MoveWordForward:
|
---|
1996 | cursor->gotoNextWord();
|
---|
1997 | break;
|
---|
1998 | case MoveUp:
|
---|
1999 | cursor->gotoUp();
|
---|
2000 | break;
|
---|
2001 | case MovePgUp:
|
---|
2002 | cursor->gotoPageUp( visibleHeight() );
|
---|
2003 | break;
|
---|
2004 | case MoveDown:
|
---|
2005 | cursor->gotoDown();
|
---|
2006 | break;
|
---|
2007 | case MovePgDown:
|
---|
2008 | cursor->gotoPageDown( visibleHeight() );
|
---|
2009 | break;
|
---|
2010 | case MoveLineStart:
|
---|
2011 | cursor->gotoLineStart();
|
---|
2012 | break;
|
---|
2013 | case MoveHome:
|
---|
2014 | cursor->gotoHome();
|
---|
2015 | break;
|
---|
2016 | case MoveLineEnd:
|
---|
2017 | cursor->gotoLineEnd();
|
---|
2018 | break;
|
---|
2019 | case MoveEnd:
|
---|
2020 | ensureFormatted( doc->lastParagraph() );
|
---|
2021 | cursor->gotoEnd();
|
---|
2022 | break;
|
---|
2023 | }
|
---|
2024 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
2025 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
2026 | }
|
---|
2027 |
|
---|
2028 | /*!
|
---|
2029 | \reimp
|
---|
2030 | */
|
---|
2031 |
|
---|
2032 | void QTextEdit::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e )
|
---|
2033 | {
|
---|
2034 | QScrollView::resizeEvent( e );
|
---|
2035 | if ( doc->visibleWidth() == 0 )
|
---|
2036 | doResize();
|
---|
2037 | }
|
---|
2038 |
|
---|
2039 | /*!
|
---|
2040 | \reimp
|
---|
2041 | */
|
---|
2042 |
|
---|
2043 | void QTextEdit::viewportResizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e )
|
---|
2044 | {
|
---|
2045 | QScrollView::viewportResizeEvent( e );
|
---|
2046 | if ( e->oldSize().width() != e->size().width() ) {
|
---|
2047 | bool stayAtBottom = e->oldSize().height() != e->size().height() &&
|
---|
2048 | contentsY() > 0 && contentsY() >= doc->height() - e->oldSize().height();
|
---|
2049 | doResize();
|
---|
2050 | if ( stayAtBottom )
|
---|
2051 | scrollToBottom();
|
---|
2052 | }
|
---|
2053 | }
|
---|
2054 |
|
---|
2055 | /*!
|
---|
2056 | Ensures that the cursor is visible by scrolling the text edit if
|
---|
2057 | necessary.
|
---|
2058 |
|
---|
2059 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
---|
2060 | */
|
---|
2061 |
|
---|
2062 | void QTextEdit::ensureCursorVisible()
|
---|
2063 | {
|
---|
2064 | // Not visible or the user is draging the window, so don't position to caret yet
|
---|
2065 | if ( !isVisible() || isHorizontalSliderPressed() || isVerticalSliderPressed() ) {
|
---|
2066 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = TRUE;
|
---|
2067 | return;
|
---|
2068 | }
|
---|
2069 | sync();
|
---|
2070 | QTextStringChar *chr = cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() );
|
---|
2071 | int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
|
---|
2072 | int x = cursor->paragraph()->rect().x() + chr->x + cursor->offsetX();
|
---|
2073 | int y = 0; int dummy;
|
---|
2074 | cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index(), &dummy, &y );
|
---|
2075 | y += cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() + cursor->offsetY();
|
---|
2076 | int w = 1;
|
---|
2077 | ensureVisible( x, y + h / 2, w, h / 2 + 2 );
|
---|
2078 | }
|
---|
2079 |
|
---|
2080 | /*!
|
---|
2081 | \internal
|
---|
2082 | */
|
---|
2083 | void QTextEdit::sliderReleased()
|
---|
2084 | {
|
---|
2085 | if ( d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent && isVisible() ) {
|
---|
2086 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = FALSE;
|
---|
2087 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
2088 | }
|
---|
2089 | }
|
---|
2090 |
|
---|
2091 | /*!
|
---|
2092 | \internal
|
---|
2093 | */
|
---|
2094 | void QTextEdit::drawCursor( bool visible )
|
---|
2095 | {
|
---|
2096 | if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() ||
|
---|
2097 | !viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled() ||
|
---|
2098 | !cursor->paragraph() ||
|
---|
2099 | !cursor->paragraph()->isValid() ||
|
---|
2100 | ( !style().styleHint( QStyle::SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected ) &&
|
---|
2101 | ( d->optimMode ? optimHasSelection() : doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ))) ||
|
---|
2102 | ( visible && !hasFocus() && !viewport()->hasFocus() && !inDnD ) ||
|
---|
2103 | isReadOnly() )
|
---|
2104 | return;
|
---|
2105 |
|
---|
2106 | QPainter p( viewport() );
|
---|
2107 | QRect r( cursor->topParagraph()->rect() );
|
---|
2108 | cursor->paragraph()->setChanged( TRUE );
|
---|
2109 | p.translate( -contentsX() + cursor->totalOffsetX(), -contentsY() + cursor->totalOffsetY() );
|
---|
2110 | QPixmap *pix = 0;
|
---|
2111 | QColorGroup cg( colorGroup() );
|
---|
2112 | const QColorGroup::ColorRole backRole = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode(backgroundMode());
|
---|
2113 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->background() )
|
---|
2114 | cg.setBrush( backRole, *cursor->paragraph()->background() );
|
---|
2115 | else if ( doc->paper() )
|
---|
2116 | cg.setBrush( backRole, *doc->paper() );
|
---|
2117 | p.setBrushOrigin( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
|
---|
2118 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
|
---|
2119 | if ( !cursor->nestedDepth() ) {
|
---|
2120 | int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
|
---|
2121 | int dist = 5;
|
---|
2122 | if ( ( cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & Qt::AlignJustify ) == Qt::AlignJustify )
|
---|
2123 | dist = 50;
|
---|
2124 | int x = r.x() - cursor->totalOffsetX() + cursor->x() - dist;
|
---|
2125 | x = QMAX( x, 0 );
|
---|
2126 | p.setClipRect( QRect( x - contentsX(),
|
---|
2127 | r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY() + cursor->y() - contentsY(), 2 * dist, h ) );
|
---|
2128 | doc->drawParagraph( &p, cursor->paragraph(), x,
|
---|
2129 | r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY() + cursor->y(), 2 * dist, h, pix, cg, visible, cursor );
|
---|
2130 | } else {
|
---|
2131 | doc->drawParagraph( &p, cursor->paragraph(), r.x() - cursor->totalOffsetX(),
|
---|
2132 | r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY(), r.width(), r.height(),
|
---|
2133 | pix, cg, visible, cursor );
|
---|
2134 | }
|
---|
2135 | cursorVisible = visible;
|
---|
2136 | }
|
---|
2137 |
|
---|
2138 | enum {
|
---|
2139 | IdUndo = 0,
|
---|
2140 | IdRedo = 1,
|
---|
2141 | IdCut = 2,
|
---|
2142 | IdCopy = 3,
|
---|
2143 | IdPaste = 4,
|
---|
2144 | IdClear = 5,
|
---|
2145 | IdSelectAll = 6
|
---|
2146 | };
|
---|
2147 |
|
---|
2148 | /*!
|
---|
2149 | \reimp
|
---|
2150 | */
|
---|
2151 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
---|
2152 | void QTextEdit::contentsWheelEvent( QWheelEvent *e )
|
---|
2153 | {
|
---|
2154 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
2155 | if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
|
---|
2156 | if ( e->delta() > 0 )
|
---|
2157 | zoomOut();
|
---|
2158 | else if ( e->delta() < 0 )
|
---|
2159 | zoomIn();
|
---|
2160 | return;
|
---|
2161 | }
|
---|
2162 | }
|
---|
2163 | QScrollView::contentsWheelEvent( e );
|
---|
2164 | }
|
---|
2165 | #endif
|
---|
2166 |
|
---|
2167 | /*!
|
---|
2168 | \reimp
|
---|
2169 | */
|
---|
2170 |
|
---|
2171 | void QTextEdit::contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
|
---|
2172 | {
|
---|
2173 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2174 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
2175 | optimMousePressEvent( e );
|
---|
2176 | return;
|
---|
2177 | }
|
---|
2178 | #endif
|
---|
2179 |
|
---|
2180 | if ( d->trippleClickTimer->isActive() &&
|
---|
2181 | ( e->globalPos() - d->trippleClickPoint ).manhattanLength() <
|
---|
2182 | QApplication::startDragDistance() ) {
|
---|
2183 | QTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
---|
2184 | QTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
---|
2185 | c1.gotoLineStart();
|
---|
2186 | c2.gotoLineEnd();
|
---|
2187 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
|
---|
2188 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
|
---|
2189 | *cursor = c2;
|
---|
2190 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2191 | mousePressed = TRUE;
|
---|
2192 | return;
|
---|
2193 | }
|
---|
2194 |
|
---|
2195 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
2196 | QTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
2197 | QTextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
2198 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
2199 | mightStartDrag = FALSE;
|
---|
2200 | pressedLink = QString::null;
|
---|
2201 | d->pressedName = QString::null;
|
---|
2202 |
|
---|
2203 | if ( e->button() == LeftButton ) {
|
---|
2204 | mousePressed = TRUE;
|
---|
2205 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
2206 | placeCursor( e->pos() );
|
---|
2207 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
2208 |
|
---|
2209 | if ( isReadOnly() && linksEnabled() ) {
|
---|
2210 | QTextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
2211 | placeCursor( e->pos(), &c, TRUE );
|
---|
2212 | if ( c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at( c.index() ) &&
|
---|
2213 | c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->isAnchor() ) {
|
---|
2214 | pressedLink = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
|
---|
2215 | d->pressedName = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
|
---|
2216 | }
|
---|
2217 | }
|
---|
2218 |
|
---|
2219 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
2220 | if ( doc->inSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, e->pos() ) ) {
|
---|
2221 | mightStartDrag = TRUE;
|
---|
2222 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2223 | dragStartTimer->start( QApplication::startDragTime(), TRUE );
|
---|
2224 | dragStartPos = e->pos();
|
---|
2225 | return;
|
---|
2226 | }
|
---|
2227 | #endif
|
---|
2228 |
|
---|
2229 | bool redraw = FALSE;
|
---|
2230 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
---|
2231 | if ( !( e->state() & ShiftButton ) ) {
|
---|
2232 | redraw = doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
2233 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
---|
2234 | } else {
|
---|
2235 | redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
|
---|
2236 | }
|
---|
2237 | } else {
|
---|
2238 | if ( isReadOnly() || !( e->state() & ShiftButton ) ) {
|
---|
2239 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
---|
2240 | } else {
|
---|
2241 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, c );
|
---|
2242 | redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
|
---|
2243 | }
|
---|
2244 | }
|
---|
2245 |
|
---|
2246 | for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i ) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
---|
2247 | redraw = doc->removeSelection( i ) || redraw;
|
---|
2248 |
|
---|
2249 | if ( !redraw ) {
|
---|
2250 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2251 | } else {
|
---|
2252 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2253 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2254 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
2255 | #endif
|
---|
2256 | }
|
---|
2257 | } else if ( e->button() == MidButton ) {
|
---|
2258 | bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
2259 | if ( !redraw ) {
|
---|
2260 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2261 | } else {
|
---|
2262 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2263 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2264 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
2265 | #endif
|
---|
2266 | }
|
---|
2267 | }
|
---|
2268 |
|
---|
2269 | if ( *cursor != oldCursor )
|
---|
2270 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
2271 | }
|
---|
2272 |
|
---|
2273 | /*!
|
---|
2274 | \reimp
|
---|
2275 | */
|
---|
2276 |
|
---|
2277 | void QTextEdit::contentsMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
|
---|
2278 | {
|
---|
2279 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2280 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
2281 | optimMouseMoveEvent( e );
|
---|
2282 | return;
|
---|
2283 | }
|
---|
2284 | #endif
|
---|
2285 | if ( mousePressed ) {
|
---|
2286 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
2287 | if ( mightStartDrag ) {
|
---|
2288 | dragStartTimer->stop();
|
---|
2289 | if ( ( e->pos() - dragStartPos ).manhattanLength() > QApplication::startDragDistance() )
|
---|
2290 | startDrag();
|
---|
2291 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2292 | if ( !isReadOnly() )
|
---|
2293 | viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
|
---|
2294 | #endif
|
---|
2295 | return;
|
---|
2296 | }
|
---|
2297 | #endif
|
---|
2298 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
2299 | handleMouseMove( mousePos );
|
---|
2300 | oldMousePos = mousePos;
|
---|
2301 | }
|
---|
2302 |
|
---|
2303 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2304 | if ( !isReadOnly() && !mousePressed ) {
|
---|
2305 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) && doc->inSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, e->pos() ) )
|
---|
2306 | viewport()->setCursor( arrowCursor );
|
---|
2307 | else
|
---|
2308 | viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
|
---|
2309 | }
|
---|
2310 | #endif
|
---|
2311 | updateCursor( e->pos() );
|
---|
2312 | }
|
---|
2313 |
|
---|
2314 | void QTextEdit::copyToClipboard()
|
---|
2315 | {
|
---|
2316 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
2317 | if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
---|
2318 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
---|
2319 |
|
---|
2320 | // don't listen to selection changes
|
---|
2321 | disconnect( QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
---|
2322 | copy();
|
---|
2323 | // listen to selection changes
|
---|
2324 | connect( QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
|
---|
2325 | this, SLOT(clipboardChanged()) );
|
---|
2326 |
|
---|
2327 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
---|
2328 | }
|
---|
2329 | #endif
|
---|
2330 | }
|
---|
2331 |
|
---|
2332 | /*!
|
---|
2333 | \reimp
|
---|
2334 | */
|
---|
2335 |
|
---|
2336 | void QTextEdit::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
|
---|
2337 | {
|
---|
2338 | if ( !inDoubleClick ) { // could be the release of a dblclick
|
---|
2339 | int para = 0;
|
---|
2340 | int index = charAt( e->pos(), ¶ );
|
---|
2341 | emit clicked( para, index );
|
---|
2342 | }
|
---|
2343 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2344 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
2345 | optimMouseReleaseEvent( e );
|
---|
2346 | return;
|
---|
2347 | }
|
---|
2348 | #endif
|
---|
2349 | QTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
2350 | if ( scrollTimer->isActive() )
|
---|
2351 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
---|
2352 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
2353 | if ( dragStartTimer->isActive() )
|
---|
2354 | dragStartTimer->stop();
|
---|
2355 | if ( mightStartDrag ) {
|
---|
2356 | selectAll( FALSE );
|
---|
2357 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
---|
2358 | }
|
---|
2359 | #endif
|
---|
2360 | if ( mousePressed ) {
|
---|
2361 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
---|
2362 | copyToClipboard();
|
---|
2363 | }
|
---|
2364 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
2365 | else if ( e->button() == MidButton && !isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
2366 | // only do middle-click pasting on systems that have selections (ie. X11)
|
---|
2367 | if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
---|
2368 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
2369 | placeCursor( e->pos() );
|
---|
2370 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
2371 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, oldCursor );
|
---|
2372 | bool redraw = FALSE;
|
---|
2373 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
---|
2374 | redraw = doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
2375 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
---|
2376 | } else {
|
---|
2377 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
---|
2378 | }
|
---|
2379 | // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
---|
2380 | for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i )
|
---|
2381 | redraw = doc->removeSelection( i ) || redraw;
|
---|
2382 | if ( !redraw ) {
|
---|
2383 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2384 | } else {
|
---|
2385 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2386 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2387 | viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
|
---|
2388 | #endif
|
---|
2389 | }
|
---|
2390 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
---|
2391 | paste();
|
---|
2392 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
---|
2393 | }
|
---|
2394 | }
|
---|
2395 | #endif
|
---|
2396 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
---|
2397 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
---|
2398 | if ( oldCursor != *cursor )
|
---|
2399 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
2400 | inDoubleClick = FALSE;
|
---|
2401 |
|
---|
2402 | #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
---|
2403 | if ( ( (!onLink.isEmpty() && onLink == pressedLink)
|
---|
2404 | || (!d->onName.isEmpty() && d->onName == d->pressedName))
|
---|
2405 | && linksEnabled() ) {
|
---|
2406 | if (!onLink.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
2407 | QUrl u( doc->context(), onLink, TRUE );
|
---|
2408 | emitLinkClicked( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
|
---|
2409 | }
|
---|
2410 | if (::qt_cast<QTextBrowser*>(this)) { // change for 4.0
|
---|
2411 | QConnectionList *clist = receivers(
|
---|
2412 | "anchorClicked(const QString&,const QString&)");
|
---|
2413 | if (!signalsBlocked() && clist) {
|
---|
2414 | QUObject o[3];
|
---|
2415 | static_QUType_QString.set(o+1, d->onName);
|
---|
2416 | static_QUType_QString.set(o+2, onLink);
|
---|
2417 | activate_signal( clist, o);
|
---|
2418 | }
|
---|
2419 | }
|
---|
2420 |
|
---|
2421 | // emitting linkClicked() may result in that the cursor winds
|
---|
2422 | // up hovering over a different valid link - check this and
|
---|
2423 | // set the appropriate cursor shape
|
---|
2424 | updateCursor( e->pos() );
|
---|
2425 | }
|
---|
2426 | #endif
|
---|
2427 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2428 | if ( !doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) )
|
---|
2429 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
2430 |
|
---|
2431 | emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
---|
2432 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
2433 | }
|
---|
2434 |
|
---|
2435 | /*!
|
---|
2436 | \reimp
|
---|
2437 | */
|
---|
2438 |
|
---|
2439 | void QTextEdit::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
|
---|
2440 | {
|
---|
2441 | if ( e->button() != Qt::LeftButton ) {
|
---|
2442 | e->ignore();
|
---|
2443 | return;
|
---|
2444 | }
|
---|
2445 | int para = 0;
|
---|
2446 | int index = charAt( e->pos(), ¶ );
|
---|
2447 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2448 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
2449 | QString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ];
|
---|
2450 | int startIdx = index, endIdx = index, i;
|
---|
2451 | if ( !str[ index ].isSpace() ) {
|
---|
2452 | i = startIdx;
|
---|
2453 | // find start of word
|
---|
2454 | while ( i >= 0 && !str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
|
---|
2455 | startIdx = i--;
|
---|
2456 | }
|
---|
2457 | i = endIdx;
|
---|
2458 | // find end of word..
|
---|
2459 | while ( (uint) i < str.length() && !str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
|
---|
2460 | endIdx = ++i;
|
---|
2461 | }
|
---|
2462 | // ..and start of next
|
---|
2463 | while ( (uint) i < str.length() && str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
|
---|
2464 | endIdx = ++i;
|
---|
2465 | }
|
---|
2466 | optimSetSelection( para, startIdx, para, endIdx );
|
---|
2467 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
---|
2468 | }
|
---|
2469 | } else
|
---|
2470 | #endif
|
---|
2471 | {
|
---|
2472 | QTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
---|
2473 | QTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
---|
2474 | #if defined(Q_OS_MAC)
|
---|
2475 | QTextParagraph *para = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
2476 | if ( cursor->isValid() ) {
|
---|
2477 | if ( para->at( cursor->index() )->c.isLetterOrNumber() ) {
|
---|
2478 | while ( c1.index() > 0 &&
|
---|
2479 | c1.paragraph()->at( c1.index()-1 )->c.isLetterOrNumber() )
|
---|
2480 | c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
2481 | while ( c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->c.isLetterOrNumber() &&
|
---|
2482 | !c2.atParagEnd() )
|
---|
2483 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
2484 | } else if ( para->at( cursor->index() )->c.isSpace() ) {
|
---|
2485 | while ( c1.index() > 0 &&
|
---|
2486 | c1.paragraph()->at( c1.index()-1 )->c.isSpace() )
|
---|
2487 | c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
2488 | while ( c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->c.isSpace() &&
|
---|
2489 | !c2.atParagEnd() )
|
---|
2490 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
2491 | } else if ( !c2.atParagEnd() ) {
|
---|
2492 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
2493 | }
|
---|
2494 | }
|
---|
2495 | #else
|
---|
2496 | if ( cursor->index() > 0 && !cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index()-1 )->c.isSpace() )
|
---|
2497 | c1.gotoPreviousWord();
|
---|
2498 | if ( !cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->c.isSpace() && !cursor->atParagEnd() )
|
---|
2499 | c2.gotoNextWord();
|
---|
2500 | #endif
|
---|
2501 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
|
---|
2502 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
|
---|
2503 |
|
---|
2504 | *cursor = c2;
|
---|
2505 |
|
---|
2506 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2507 |
|
---|
2508 | d->trippleClickTimer->start( qApp->doubleClickInterval(), TRUE );
|
---|
2509 | d->trippleClickPoint = e->globalPos();
|
---|
2510 | }
|
---|
2511 | inDoubleClick = TRUE;
|
---|
2512 | mousePressed = TRUE;
|
---|
2513 | emit doubleClicked( para, index );
|
---|
2514 | }
|
---|
2515 |
|
---|
2516 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
2517 |
|
---|
2518 | /*!
|
---|
2519 | \reimp
|
---|
2520 | */
|
---|
2521 |
|
---|
2522 | void QTextEdit::contentsDragEnterEvent( QDragEnterEvent *e )
|
---|
2523 | {
|
---|
2524 | if ( isReadOnly() || !QTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
|
---|
2525 | e->ignore();
|
---|
2526 | return;
|
---|
2527 | }
|
---|
2528 | e->acceptAction();
|
---|
2529 | inDnD = TRUE;
|
---|
2530 | }
|
---|
2531 |
|
---|
2532 | /*!
|
---|
2533 | \reimp
|
---|
2534 | */
|
---|
2535 |
|
---|
2536 | void QTextEdit::contentsDragMoveEvent( QDragMoveEvent *e )
|
---|
2537 | {
|
---|
2538 | if ( isReadOnly() || !QTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
|
---|
2539 | e->ignore();
|
---|
2540 | return;
|
---|
2541 | }
|
---|
2542 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
2543 | placeCursor( e->pos(), cursor );
|
---|
2544 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2545 | e->acceptAction();
|
---|
2546 | }
|
---|
2547 |
|
---|
2548 | /*!
|
---|
2549 | \reimp
|
---|
2550 | */
|
---|
2551 |
|
---|
2552 | void QTextEdit::contentsDragLeaveEvent( QDragLeaveEvent * )
|
---|
2553 | {
|
---|
2554 | inDnD = FALSE;
|
---|
2555 | }
|
---|
2556 |
|
---|
2557 | /*!
|
---|
2558 | \reimp
|
---|
2559 | */
|
---|
2560 |
|
---|
2561 | void QTextEdit::contentsDropEvent( QDropEvent *e )
|
---|
2562 | {
|
---|
2563 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
---|
2564 | return;
|
---|
2565 | inDnD = FALSE;
|
---|
2566 | e->acceptAction();
|
---|
2567 | bool intern = FALSE;
|
---|
2568 | if ( QRichTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
|
---|
2569 | bool hasSel = doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
2570 | bool internalDrag = e->source() == this || e->source() == viewport();
|
---|
2571 | int dropId, dropIndex;
|
---|
2572 | QTextCursor insertCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
2573 | dropId = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
2574 | dropIndex = cursor->index();
|
---|
2575 | if ( hasSel && internalDrag ) {
|
---|
2576 | QTextCursor c1, c2;
|
---|
2577 | int selStartId, selStartIndex;
|
---|
2578 | int selEndId, selEndIndex;
|
---|
2579 | c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
2580 | c1.restoreState();
|
---|
2581 | c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
2582 | c2.restoreState();
|
---|
2583 | selStartId = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
2584 | selStartIndex = c1.index();
|
---|
2585 | selEndId = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
2586 | selEndIndex = c2.index();
|
---|
2587 | if ( ( ( dropId > selStartId ) ||
|
---|
2588 | ( dropId == selStartId && dropIndex > selStartIndex ) ) &&
|
---|
2589 | ( ( dropId < selEndId ) ||
|
---|
2590 | ( dropId == selEndId && dropIndex <= selEndIndex ) ) )
|
---|
2591 | insertCursor = c1;
|
---|
2592 | if ( dropId == selEndId && dropIndex > selEndIndex ) {
|
---|
2593 | insertCursor = c1;
|
---|
2594 | if ( selStartId == selEndId ) {
|
---|
2595 | insertCursor.setIndex( dropIndex -
|
---|
2596 | ( selEndIndex - selStartIndex ) );
|
---|
2597 | } else {
|
---|
2598 | insertCursor.setIndex( dropIndex - selEndIndex +
|
---|
2599 | selStartIndex );
|
---|
2600 | }
|
---|
2601 | }
|
---|
2602 | }
|
---|
2603 |
|
---|
2604 | if ( internalDrag && e->action() == QDropEvent::Move ) {
|
---|
2605 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
2606 | intern = TRUE;
|
---|
2607 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
2608 | } else {
|
---|
2609 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
2610 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
2611 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
2612 | #endif
|
---|
2613 | }
|
---|
2614 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
2615 | cursor->setParagraph( insertCursor.paragraph() );
|
---|
2616 | cursor->setIndex( insertCursor.index() );
|
---|
2617 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2618 | if ( !cursor->nestedDepth() ) {
|
---|
2619 | QString subType = "plain";
|
---|
2620 | if ( textFormat() != PlainText ) {
|
---|
2621 | if ( e->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
|
---|
2622 | subType = "x-qrichtext";
|
---|
2623 | }
|
---|
2624 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
2625 | pasteSubType( subType.latin1(), e );
|
---|
2626 | #endif
|
---|
2627 | // emit appropriate signals.
|
---|
2628 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
2629 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
---|
2630 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
---|
2631 | } else {
|
---|
2632 | if ( intern )
|
---|
2633 | undo();
|
---|
2634 | e->ignore();
|
---|
2635 | }
|
---|
2636 | }
|
---|
2637 | }
|
---|
2638 |
|
---|
2639 | #endif
|
---|
2640 |
|
---|
2641 | /*!
|
---|
2642 | \reimp
|
---|
2643 | */
|
---|
2644 | void QTextEdit::contentsContextMenuEvent( QContextMenuEvent *e )
|
---|
2645 | {
|
---|
2646 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
2647 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
---|
2648 |
|
---|
2649 | e->accept();
|
---|
2650 | #ifndef QT_NO_POPUPMENU
|
---|
2651 | QPopupMenu *popup = createPopupMenu( e->pos() );
|
---|
2652 | if ( !popup )
|
---|
2653 | popup = createPopupMenu();
|
---|
2654 | if ( !popup )
|
---|
2655 | return;
|
---|
2656 | int r = popup->exec( e->globalPos() );
|
---|
2657 | delete popup;
|
---|
2658 |
|
---|
2659 | if ( r == d->id[ IdClear ] )
|
---|
2660 | clear();
|
---|
2661 | else if ( r == d->id[ IdSelectAll ] ) {
|
---|
2662 | selectAll();
|
---|
2663 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
2664 | // if the clipboard support selections, put the newly selected text into
|
---|
2665 | // the clipboard
|
---|
2666 | if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
---|
2667 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
---|
2668 |
|
---|
2669 | // don't listen to selection changes
|
---|
2670 | disconnect( QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
---|
2671 | copy();
|
---|
2672 | // listen to selection changes
|
---|
2673 | connect( QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
|
---|
2674 | this, SLOT(clipboardChanged()) );
|
---|
2675 |
|
---|
2676 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
---|
2677 | }
|
---|
2678 | #endif
|
---|
2679 | } else if ( r == d->id[ IdUndo ] )
|
---|
2680 | undo();
|
---|
2681 | else if ( r == d->id[ IdRedo ] )
|
---|
2682 | redo();
|
---|
2683 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
2684 | else if ( r == d->id[ IdCut ] )
|
---|
2685 | cut();
|
---|
2686 | else if ( r == d->id[ IdCopy ] )
|
---|
2687 | copy();
|
---|
2688 | else if ( r == d->id[ IdPaste ] )
|
---|
2689 | paste();
|
---|
2690 | #endif
|
---|
2691 | #endif
|
---|
2692 | }
|
---|
2693 |
|
---|
2694 |
|
---|
2695 | void QTextEdit::autoScrollTimerDone()
|
---|
2696 | {
|
---|
2697 | if ( mousePressed )
|
---|
2698 | handleMouseMove( viewportToContents( viewport()->mapFromGlobal( QCursor::pos() ) ) );
|
---|
2699 | }
|
---|
2700 |
|
---|
2701 | void QTextEdit::handleMouseMove( const QPoint& pos )
|
---|
2702 | {
|
---|
2703 | if ( !mousePressed )
|
---|
2704 | return;
|
---|
2705 |
|
---|
2706 | if ( !scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < contentsY() || pos.y() > contentsY() + visibleHeight() )
|
---|
2707 | scrollTimer->start( 100, FALSE );
|
---|
2708 | else if ( scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= contentsY() && pos.y() <= contentsY() + visibleHeight() )
|
---|
2709 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
---|
2710 |
|
---|
2711 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
2712 | QTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
2713 |
|
---|
2714 | placeCursor( pos );
|
---|
2715 |
|
---|
2716 | if ( inDoubleClick ) {
|
---|
2717 | QTextCursor cl = *cursor;
|
---|
2718 | cl.gotoPreviousWord();
|
---|
2719 | QTextCursor cr = *cursor;
|
---|
2720 | cr.gotoNextWord();
|
---|
2721 |
|
---|
2722 | int diff = QABS( oldCursor.paragraph()->at( oldCursor.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
|
---|
2723 | int ldiff = QABS( cl.paragraph()->at( cl.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
|
---|
2724 | int rdiff = QABS( cr.paragraph()->at( cr.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
|
---|
2725 |
|
---|
2726 |
|
---|
2727 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->lineStartOfChar( cursor->index() ) !=
|
---|
2728 | oldCursor.paragraph()->lineStartOfChar( oldCursor.index() ) )
|
---|
2729 | diff = 0xFFFFFF;
|
---|
2730 |
|
---|
2731 | if ( rdiff < diff && rdiff < ldiff )
|
---|
2732 | *cursor = cr;
|
---|
2733 | else if ( ldiff < diff && ldiff < rdiff )
|
---|
2734 | *cursor = cl;
|
---|
2735 | else
|
---|
2736 | *cursor = oldCursor;
|
---|
2737 |
|
---|
2738 | }
|
---|
2739 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
2740 |
|
---|
2741 | bool redraw = FALSE;
|
---|
2742 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
---|
2743 | redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
|
---|
2744 | }
|
---|
2745 |
|
---|
2746 | if ( !redraw ) {
|
---|
2747 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2748 | } else {
|
---|
2749 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2750 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2751 | }
|
---|
2752 |
|
---|
2753 | if ( currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format()->key() ) {
|
---|
2754 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
2755 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format() );
|
---|
2756 | if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
|
---|
2757 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
2758 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color() );
|
---|
2759 | }
|
---|
2760 | emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
|
---|
2761 | emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
|
---|
2762 | emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
|
---|
2763 | }
|
---|
2764 |
|
---|
2765 | if ( currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment() ) {
|
---|
2766 | currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
|
---|
2767 | block_set_alignment = TRUE;
|
---|
2768 | emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
|
---|
2769 | block_set_alignment = FALSE;
|
---|
2770 | }
|
---|
2771 | }
|
---|
2772 |
|
---|
2773 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
2774 |
|
---|
2775 | void QTextEdit::placeCursor( const QPoint &pos, QTextCursor *c, bool link )
|
---|
2776 | {
|
---|
2777 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2778 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
2779 | return;
|
---|
2780 | #endif
|
---|
2781 | if ( !c )
|
---|
2782 | c = cursor;
|
---|
2783 |
|
---|
2784 | resetInputContext();
|
---|
2785 | c->restoreState();
|
---|
2786 | QTextParagraph *s = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
2787 | c->place( pos, s, link );
|
---|
2788 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
2789 | }
|
---|
2790 |
|
---|
2791 |
|
---|
2792 | void QTextEdit::updateMicroFocusHint()
|
---|
2793 | {
|
---|
2794 | QTextCursor c( *cursor );
|
---|
2795 | if ( d->preeditStart != -1 )
|
---|
2796 | c.setIndex( d->preeditStart );
|
---|
2797 |
|
---|
2798 | if ( hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus() ) {
|
---|
2799 | int h = c.paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
|
---|
2800 | if ( !readonly ) {
|
---|
2801 | QFont f = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->format()->font();
|
---|
2802 | setMicroFocusHint( c.x() - contentsX() + frameWidth(),
|
---|
2803 | c.y() + cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() - contentsY() + frameWidth(), 0, h, TRUE, &f );
|
---|
2804 | }
|
---|
2805 | }
|
---|
2806 | }
|
---|
2807 |
|
---|
2808 |
|
---|
2809 |
|
---|
2810 | void QTextEdit::formatMore()
|
---|
2811 | {
|
---|
2812 | if ( !lastFormatted )
|
---|
2813 | return;
|
---|
2814 |
|
---|
2815 | int bottom = contentsHeight();
|
---|
2816 | int lastTop = -1;
|
---|
2817 | int lastBottom = -1;
|
---|
2818 | int to = 20;
|
---|
2819 | bool firstVisible = FALSE;
|
---|
2820 | QRect cr( contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
|
---|
2821 | for ( int i = 0; lastFormatted &&
|
---|
2822 | ( i < to || ( firstVisible && lastTop < contentsY()+height() ) );
|
---|
2823 | i++ ) {
|
---|
2824 | lastFormatted->format();
|
---|
2825 | lastTop = lastFormatted->rect().top();
|
---|
2826 | lastBottom = lastFormatted->rect().bottom();
|
---|
2827 | if ( i == 0 )
|
---|
2828 | firstVisible = lastBottom < cr.bottom();
|
---|
2829 | bottom = QMAX( bottom, lastBottom );
|
---|
2830 | lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
|
---|
2831 | }
|
---|
2832 |
|
---|
2833 | if ( bottom > contentsHeight() ) {
|
---|
2834 | resizeContents( contentsWidth(), QMAX( doc->height(), bottom ) );
|
---|
2835 | } else if ( !lastFormatted && lastBottom < contentsHeight() ) {
|
---|
2836 | resizeContents( contentsWidth(), QMAX( doc->height(), lastBottom ) );
|
---|
2837 | if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() )
|
---|
2838 | updateContents( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
|
---|
2839 | visibleHeight() - contentsHeight() );
|
---|
2840 | }
|
---|
2841 |
|
---|
2842 | if ( lastFormatted )
|
---|
2843 | formatTimer->start( interval, TRUE );
|
---|
2844 | else
|
---|
2845 | interval = QMAX( 0, interval );
|
---|
2846 | }
|
---|
2847 |
|
---|
2848 | void QTextEdit::doResize()
|
---|
2849 | {
|
---|
2850 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2851 | if ( !d->optimMode )
|
---|
2852 | #endif
|
---|
2853 | {
|
---|
2854 | if ( wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth )
|
---|
2855 | return;
|
---|
2856 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
---|
2857 | resizeContents( 0, 0 );
|
---|
2858 | doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
|
---|
2859 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
2860 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
2861 | interval = 0;
|
---|
2862 | formatMore();
|
---|
2863 | }
|
---|
2864 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
---|
2865 | }
|
---|
2866 |
|
---|
2867 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
2868 |
|
---|
2869 | void QTextEdit::doChangeInterval()
|
---|
2870 | {
|
---|
2871 | interval = 0;
|
---|
2872 | }
|
---|
2873 |
|
---|
2874 | /*!
|
---|
2875 | \reimp
|
---|
2876 | */
|
---|
2877 |
|
---|
2878 | bool QTextEdit::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e )
|
---|
2879 | {
|
---|
2880 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2881 | if ( !d->optimMode && (o == this || o == viewport()) ) {
|
---|
2882 | #else
|
---|
2883 | if ( o == this || o == viewport() ) {
|
---|
2884 | #endif
|
---|
2885 | if ( e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn ) {
|
---|
2886 | if ( QApplication::cursorFlashTime() > 0 )
|
---|
2887 | blinkTimer->start( QApplication::cursorFlashTime() / 2 );
|
---|
2888 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2889 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
2890 | } else if ( e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut ) {
|
---|
2891 | blinkTimer->stop();
|
---|
2892 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
2893 | }
|
---|
2894 | }
|
---|
2895 |
|
---|
2896 | if ( o == this && e->type() == QEvent::PaletteChange ) {
|
---|
2897 | QColor old( viewport()->colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Text ) );
|
---|
2898 | if ( old != colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Text ) ) {
|
---|
2899 | QColor c( colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Text ) );
|
---|
2900 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
---|
2901 | doc->setDefaultFormat( doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->font(), c );
|
---|
2902 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
2903 | formatMore();
|
---|
2904 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2905 | }
|
---|
2906 | }
|
---|
2907 |
|
---|
2908 | return QScrollView::eventFilter( o, e );
|
---|
2909 | }
|
---|
2910 |
|
---|
2911 | /*!
|
---|
2912 | \obsolete
|
---|
2913 | */
|
---|
2914 | void QTextEdit::insert( const QString &text, bool indent,
|
---|
2915 | bool checkNewLine, bool removeSelected )
|
---|
2916 | {
|
---|
2917 | uint f = 0;
|
---|
2918 | if ( indent )
|
---|
2919 | f |= RedoIndentation;
|
---|
2920 | if ( checkNewLine )
|
---|
2921 | f |= CheckNewLines;
|
---|
2922 | if ( removeSelected )
|
---|
2923 | f |= RemoveSelected;
|
---|
2924 | insert( text, f );
|
---|
2925 | }
|
---|
2926 |
|
---|
2927 | /*!
|
---|
2928 | Inserts \a text at the current cursor position.
|
---|
2929 |
|
---|
2930 | The \a insertionFlags define how the text is inserted. If \c
|
---|
2931 | RedoIndentation is set, the paragraph is re-indented. If \c
|
---|
2932 | CheckNewLines is set, newline characters in \a text result in hard
|
---|
2933 | line breaks (i.e. new paragraphs). If \c checkNewLine is not set,
|
---|
2934 | the behaviour of the editor is undefined if the \a text contains
|
---|
2935 | newlines. (It is not possible to change QTextEdit's newline handling
|
---|
2936 | behavior, but you can use QString::replace() to preprocess text
|
---|
2937 | before inserting it.) If \c RemoveSelected is set, any selected
|
---|
2938 | text (in selection 0) is removed before the text is inserted.
|
---|
2939 |
|
---|
2940 | The default flags are \c CheckNewLines | \c RemoveSelected.
|
---|
2941 |
|
---|
2942 | If the widget is in \c LogText mode this function will do nothing.
|
---|
2943 |
|
---|
2944 | \sa paste() pasteSubType()
|
---|
2945 | */
|
---|
2946 |
|
---|
2947 |
|
---|
2948 | void QTextEdit::insert( const QString &text, uint insertionFlags )
|
---|
2949 | {
|
---|
2950 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
2951 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
2952 | return;
|
---|
2953 | #endif
|
---|
2954 |
|
---|
2955 | if ( cursor->nestedDepth() != 0 ) // #### for 3.0, disable editing of tables as this is not advanced enough
|
---|
2956 | return;
|
---|
2957 |
|
---|
2958 | bool indent = insertionFlags & RedoIndentation;
|
---|
2959 | bool checkNewLine = insertionFlags & CheckNewLines;
|
---|
2960 | bool removeSelected = insertionFlags & RemoveSelected;
|
---|
2961 | QString txt( text );
|
---|
2962 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
2963 | if ( !isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) && removeSelected )
|
---|
2964 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
2965 | QTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
---|
2966 | int oldLen = 0;
|
---|
2967 |
|
---|
2968 | if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
2969 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Insert );
|
---|
2970 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
---|
2971 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
2972 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
---|
2973 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
---|
2974 | }
|
---|
2975 | oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
|
---|
2976 | }
|
---|
2977 |
|
---|
2978 | lastFormatted = checkNewLine && cursor->paragraph()->prev() ?
|
---|
2979 | cursor->paragraph()->prev() : cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
2980 | QTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
2981 | cursor->insert( txt, checkNewLine );
|
---|
2982 | if ( doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor() ) {
|
---|
2983 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, oldCursor );
|
---|
2984 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
---|
2985 | doc->setFormat( QTextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, QTextFormat::Format );
|
---|
2986 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
2987 | }
|
---|
2988 |
|
---|
2989 | if ( indent && ( txt == "{" || txt == "}" || txt == ":" || txt == "#" ) )
|
---|
2990 | cursor->indent();
|
---|
2991 | formatMore();
|
---|
2992 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
2993 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
2994 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
2995 |
|
---|
2996 | if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
2997 | undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
|
---|
2998 | if ( !doc->preProcessor() ) {
|
---|
2999 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i ) {
|
---|
3000 | if ( txt[ i ] != '\n' && c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format() ) {
|
---|
3001 | c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format()->addRef();
|
---|
3002 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.
|
---|
3003 | setFormat( oldLen + i,
|
---|
3004 | c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format(), TRUE );
|
---|
3005 | }
|
---|
3006 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
3007 | }
|
---|
3008 | }
|
---|
3009 | }
|
---|
3010 |
|
---|
3011 | if ( !removeSelected ) {
|
---|
3012 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, oldCursor );
|
---|
3013 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
---|
3014 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3015 | }
|
---|
3016 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
3017 | setModified();
|
---|
3018 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3019 | }
|
---|
3020 |
|
---|
3021 | /*!
|
---|
3022 | Inserts \a text in the paragraph \a para at position \a index.
|
---|
3023 | */
|
---|
3024 |
|
---|
3025 | void QTextEdit::insertAt( const QString &text, int para, int index )
|
---|
3026 | {
|
---|
3027 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3028 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
3029 | optimInsert( text, para, index );
|
---|
3030 | return;
|
---|
3031 | }
|
---|
3032 | #endif
|
---|
3033 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
3034 | if ( !p )
|
---|
3035 | return;
|
---|
3036 | removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
3037 | QTextCursor tmp = *cursor;
|
---|
3038 | cursor->setParagraph( p );
|
---|
3039 | cursor->setIndex( index );
|
---|
3040 | insert( text, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE );
|
---|
3041 | *cursor = tmp;
|
---|
3042 | removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
3043 | }
|
---|
3044 |
|
---|
3045 | /*!
|
---|
3046 | Inserts \a text as a new paragraph at position \a para. If \a para
|
---|
3047 | is -1, the text is appended. Use append() if the append operation
|
---|
3048 | is performance critical.
|
---|
3049 | */
|
---|
3050 |
|
---|
3051 | void QTextEdit::insertParagraph( const QString &text, int para )
|
---|
3052 | {
|
---|
3053 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3054 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
3055 | optimInsert( text + "\n", para, 0 );
|
---|
3056 | return;
|
---|
3057 | }
|
---|
3058 | #endif
|
---|
3059 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
|
---|
3060 | doc->removeSelection( i );
|
---|
3061 |
|
---|
3062 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
3063 |
|
---|
3064 | bool append = !p;
|
---|
3065 | if ( !p )
|
---|
3066 | p = doc->lastParagraph();
|
---|
3067 |
|
---|
3068 | QTextCursor old = *cursor;
|
---|
3069 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
3070 |
|
---|
3071 | cursor->setParagraph( p );
|
---|
3072 | cursor->setIndex( 0 );
|
---|
3073 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3074 | qtextedit_ignore_readonly = TRUE;
|
---|
3075 | if ( append && cursor->paragraph()->length() > 1 ) {
|
---|
3076 | cursor->setIndex( cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 );
|
---|
3077 | doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
|
---|
3078 | }
|
---|
3079 | insert( text, FALSE, TRUE, TRUE );
|
---|
3080 | doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
|
---|
3081 | qtextedit_ignore_readonly = FALSE;
|
---|
3082 |
|
---|
3083 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
3084 | *cursor = old;
|
---|
3085 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3086 |
|
---|
3087 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3088 | }
|
---|
3089 |
|
---|
3090 | /*!
|
---|
3091 | Removes the paragraph \a para.
|
---|
3092 | */
|
---|
3093 |
|
---|
3094 | void QTextEdit::removeParagraph( int para )
|
---|
3095 | {
|
---|
3096 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3097 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
3098 | return;
|
---|
3099 | #endif
|
---|
3100 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
3101 | if ( !p )
|
---|
3102 | return;
|
---|
3103 |
|
---|
3104 | for ( int i = 0; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i )
|
---|
3105 | doc->removeSelection( i );
|
---|
3106 |
|
---|
3107 | QTextCursor start( doc );
|
---|
3108 | QTextCursor end( doc );
|
---|
3109 | start.setParagraph( p );
|
---|
3110 | start.setIndex( 0 );
|
---|
3111 | end.setParagraph( p );
|
---|
3112 | end.setIndex( p->length() - 1 );
|
---|
3113 |
|
---|
3114 | if ( !(p == doc->firstParagraph() && p == doc->lastParagraph()) ) {
|
---|
3115 | if ( p->next() ) {
|
---|
3116 | end.setParagraph( p->next() );
|
---|
3117 | end.setIndex( 0 );
|
---|
3118 | } else if ( p->prev() ) {
|
---|
3119 | start.setParagraph( p->prev() );
|
---|
3120 | start.setIndex( p->prev()->length() - 1 );
|
---|
3121 | }
|
---|
3122 | }
|
---|
3123 |
|
---|
3124 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, start );
|
---|
3125 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, end );
|
---|
3126 | removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
3127 | }
|
---|
3128 |
|
---|
3129 | /*!
|
---|
3130 | Undoes the last operation.
|
---|
3131 |
|
---|
3132 | If there is no operation to undo, i.e. there is no undo step in
|
---|
3133 | the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
|
---|
3134 |
|
---|
3135 | \sa undoAvailable() redo() undoDepth()
|
---|
3136 | */
|
---|
3137 |
|
---|
3138 | void QTextEdit::undo()
|
---|
3139 | {
|
---|
3140 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3141 | if ( isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || !undoEnabled )
|
---|
3142 | return;
|
---|
3143 |
|
---|
3144 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
|
---|
3145 | doc->removeSelection( i );
|
---|
3146 |
|
---|
3147 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
3148 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
3149 | #endif
|
---|
3150 |
|
---|
3151 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3152 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
3153 | QTextCursor *c = doc->undo( cursor );
|
---|
3154 | if ( !c ) {
|
---|
3155 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3156 | return;
|
---|
3157 | }
|
---|
3158 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
---|
3159 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3160 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3161 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3162 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
3163 | setModified();
|
---|
3164 | // ### If we get back to a completely blank textedit, it
|
---|
3165 | // is possible that cursor is invalid and further actions
|
---|
3166 | // might not fix the problem, so reset the cursor here.
|
---|
3167 | // This is copied from removeSeletedText(), it might be
|
---|
3168 | // okay to just call that.
|
---|
3169 | if ( !cursor->isValid() ) {
|
---|
3170 | delete cursor;
|
---|
3171 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
---|
3172 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3173 | repaintContents( TRUE );
|
---|
3174 | }
|
---|
3175 | emit undoAvailable( isUndoAvailable() );
|
---|
3176 | emit redoAvailable( isRedoAvailable() );
|
---|
3177 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3178 | }
|
---|
3179 |
|
---|
3180 | /*!
|
---|
3181 | Redoes the last operation.
|
---|
3182 |
|
---|
3183 | If there is no operation to redo, i.e. there is no redo step in
|
---|
3184 | the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
|
---|
3185 |
|
---|
3186 | \sa redoAvailable() undo() undoDepth()
|
---|
3187 | */
|
---|
3188 |
|
---|
3189 | void QTextEdit::redo()
|
---|
3190 | {
|
---|
3191 | if ( isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() || !undoEnabled )
|
---|
3192 | return;
|
---|
3193 |
|
---|
3194 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
|
---|
3195 | doc->removeSelection( i );
|
---|
3196 |
|
---|
3197 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
3198 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
3199 | #endif
|
---|
3200 |
|
---|
3201 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3202 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
3203 | QTextCursor *c = doc->redo( cursor );
|
---|
3204 | if ( !c ) {
|
---|
3205 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3206 | return;
|
---|
3207 | }
|
---|
3208 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
---|
3209 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3210 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3211 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3212 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3213 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
3214 | setModified();
|
---|
3215 | emit undoAvailable( isUndoAvailable() );
|
---|
3216 | emit redoAvailable( isRedoAvailable() );
|
---|
3217 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3218 | }
|
---|
3219 |
|
---|
3220 | /*!
|
---|
3221 | Pastes the text from the clipboard into the text edit at the
|
---|
3222 | current cursor position. Only plain text is pasted.
|
---|
3223 |
|
---|
3224 | If there is no text in the clipboard nothing happens.
|
---|
3225 |
|
---|
3226 | \sa pasteSubType() cut() QTextEdit::copy()
|
---|
3227 | */
|
---|
3228 |
|
---|
3229 | void QTextEdit::paste()
|
---|
3230 | {
|
---|
3231 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
---|
3232 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
---|
3233 | return;
|
---|
3234 | QString subType = "plain";
|
---|
3235 | if ( textFormat() != PlainText ) {
|
---|
3236 | QMimeSource *m = QApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode );
|
---|
3237 | if ( !m )
|
---|
3238 | return;
|
---|
3239 | if ( m->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
|
---|
3240 | subType = "x-qrichtext";
|
---|
3241 | }
|
---|
3242 |
|
---|
3243 | pasteSubType( subType.latin1() );
|
---|
3244 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
3245 | #endif
|
---|
3246 | }
|
---|
3247 |
|
---|
3248 | void QTextEdit::checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Type t )
|
---|
3249 | {
|
---|
3250 | if ( undoRedoInfo.valid() && t != undoRedoInfo.type ) {
|
---|
3251 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3252 | }
|
---|
3253 | undoRedoInfo.type = t;
|
---|
3254 | }
|
---|
3255 |
|
---|
3256 | /*!
|
---|
3257 | Repaints any paragraphs that have changed.
|
---|
3258 |
|
---|
3259 | Although used extensively internally you shouldn't need to call
|
---|
3260 | this yourself.
|
---|
3261 | */
|
---|
3262 |
|
---|
3263 | void QTextEdit::repaintChanged()
|
---|
3264 | {
|
---|
3265 | if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() || !viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled() )
|
---|
3266 | return;
|
---|
3267 |
|
---|
3268 | QPainter p( viewport() );
|
---|
3269 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3270 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
3271 | optimDrawContents( &p, contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
|
---|
3272 | return;
|
---|
3273 | }
|
---|
3274 | #endif
|
---|
3275 | p.translate( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
|
---|
3276 | paintDocument( FALSE, &p, contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
|
---|
3277 | }
|
---|
3278 |
|
---|
3279 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
3280 | QTextDrag *QTextEdit::dragObject( QWidget *parent ) const
|
---|
3281 | {
|
---|
3282 | if ( !doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ||
|
---|
3283 | doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Standard ).isEmpty() )
|
---|
3284 | return 0;
|
---|
3285 | if ( textFormat() != RichText )
|
---|
3286 | return new QTextDrag( doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Standard ), parent );
|
---|
3287 | QRichTextDrag *drag = new QRichTextDrag( parent );
|
---|
3288 | drag->setPlainText( doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
---|
3289 | drag->setRichText( doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
|
---|
3290 | return drag;
|
---|
3291 | }
|
---|
3292 | #endif
|
---|
3293 |
|
---|
3294 | /*!
|
---|
3295 | Copies the selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard and
|
---|
3296 | deletes it from the text edit.
|
---|
3297 |
|
---|
3298 | If there is no selected text (in selection 0) nothing happens.
|
---|
3299 |
|
---|
3300 | \sa QTextEdit::copy() paste() pasteSubType()
|
---|
3301 | */
|
---|
3302 |
|
---|
3303 | void QTextEdit::cut()
|
---|
3304 | {
|
---|
3305 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
---|
3306 | return;
|
---|
3307 | normalCopy();
|
---|
3308 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
3309 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
---|
3310 | }
|
---|
3311 |
|
---|
3312 | void QTextEdit::normalCopy()
|
---|
3313 | {
|
---|
3314 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
3315 | QTextDrag *drag = dragObject();
|
---|
3316 | if ( !drag )
|
---|
3317 | return;
|
---|
3318 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
---|
3319 | QApplication::clipboard()->setData( drag, d->clipboard_mode );
|
---|
3320 | #endif // QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
---|
3321 | #endif // QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
3322 | }
|
---|
3323 |
|
---|
3324 | /*!
|
---|
3325 | Copies any selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard.
|
---|
3326 |
|
---|
3327 | \sa hasSelectedText() copyAvailable()
|
---|
3328 | */
|
---|
3329 |
|
---|
3330 | void QTextEdit::copy()
|
---|
3331 | {
|
---|
3332 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
3333 | # ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3334 | if ( d->optimMode && optimHasSelection() )
|
---|
3335 | QApplication::clipboard()->setText( optimSelectedText(), d->clipboard_mode );
|
---|
3336 | else
|
---|
3337 | normalCopy();
|
---|
3338 | # else
|
---|
3339 | normalCopy();
|
---|
3340 | # endif
|
---|
3341 | #endif
|
---|
3342 | }
|
---|
3343 |
|
---|
3344 | /*!
|
---|
3345 | \internal
|
---|
3346 |
|
---|
3347 | Re-indents the current paragraph.
|
---|
3348 | */
|
---|
3349 |
|
---|
3350 | void QTextEdit::indent()
|
---|
3351 | {
|
---|
3352 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
---|
3353 | return;
|
---|
3354 |
|
---|
3355 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
3356 | if ( !doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) )
|
---|
3357 | cursor->indent();
|
---|
3358 | else
|
---|
3359 | doc->indentSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
3360 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3361 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3362 | setModified();
|
---|
3363 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3364 | }
|
---|
3365 |
|
---|
3366 | /*!
|
---|
3367 | Reimplemented to allow tabbing through links. If \a n is TRUE the
|
---|
3368 | tab moves the focus to the next child; if \a n is FALSE the tab
|
---|
3369 | moves the focus to the previous child. Returns TRUE if the focus
|
---|
3370 | was moved; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
3371 | */
|
---|
3372 |
|
---|
3373 | bool QTextEdit::focusNextPrevChild( bool n )
|
---|
3374 | {
|
---|
3375 | if ( !isReadOnly() || !linksEnabled() )
|
---|
3376 | return FALSE;
|
---|
3377 | bool b = doc->focusNextPrevChild( n );
|
---|
3378 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3379 | if ( b )
|
---|
3380 | //##### this does not work with tables. The focusIndicator
|
---|
3381 | //should really be a QTextCursor. Fix 3.1
|
---|
3382 | makeParagVisible( doc->focusIndicator.parag );
|
---|
3383 | return b;
|
---|
3384 | }
|
---|
3385 |
|
---|
3386 | /*!
|
---|
3387 | \internal
|
---|
3388 |
|
---|
3389 | This functions sets the current format to \a f. Only the fields of \a
|
---|
3390 | f which are specified by the \a flags are used.
|
---|
3391 | */
|
---|
3392 |
|
---|
3393 | void QTextEdit::setFormat( QTextFormat *f, int flags )
|
---|
3394 | {
|
---|
3395 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
---|
3396 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
3397 | QTextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
3398 | c1.restoreState();
|
---|
3399 | QTextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
3400 | c2.restoreState();
|
---|
3401 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
---|
3402 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3403 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Format;
|
---|
3404 | undoRedoInfo.id = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
3405 | undoRedoInfo.index = c1.index();
|
---|
3406 | undoRedoInfo.eid = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
3407 | undoRedoInfo.eindex = c2.index();
|
---|
3408 | readFormats( c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text );
|
---|
3409 | undoRedoInfo.format = f;
|
---|
3410 | undoRedoInfo.flags = flags;
|
---|
3411 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3412 | }
|
---|
3413 | doc->setFormat( QTextDocument::Standard, f, flags );
|
---|
3414 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3415 | formatMore();
|
---|
3416 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3417 | setModified();
|
---|
3418 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3419 | }
|
---|
3420 | if ( currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != f->key() ) {
|
---|
3421 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
3422 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( f );
|
---|
3423 | if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
|
---|
3424 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
3425 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(),
|
---|
3426 | currentFormat->color() );
|
---|
3427 | }
|
---|
3428 | emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
|
---|
3429 | emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
|
---|
3430 | emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
|
---|
3431 | if ( cursor->index() == cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 ) {
|
---|
3432 | currentFormat->addRef();
|
---|
3433 | cursor->paragraph()->string()->setFormat( cursor->index(), currentFormat, TRUE );
|
---|
3434 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() == 1 ) {
|
---|
3435 | cursor->paragraph()->invalidate( 0 );
|
---|
3436 | cursor->paragraph()->format();
|
---|
3437 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3438 | }
|
---|
3439 | }
|
---|
3440 | }
|
---|
3441 | }
|
---|
3442 |
|
---|
3443 | /*!
|
---|
3444 | \reimp
|
---|
3445 | */
|
---|
3446 |
|
---|
3447 | void QTextEdit::setPalette( const QPalette &p )
|
---|
3448 | {
|
---|
3449 | QScrollView::setPalette( p );
|
---|
3450 | if ( textFormat() == PlainText ) {
|
---|
3451 | QTextFormat *f = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
|
---|
3452 | f->setColor( colorGroup().text() );
|
---|
3453 | updateContents();
|
---|
3454 | }
|
---|
3455 | }
|
---|
3456 |
|
---|
3457 | /*! \internal
|
---|
3458 | \warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
---|
3459 | functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
---|
3460 | function will go away.
|
---|
3461 |
|
---|
3462 | Sets the paragraph style of the current paragraph
|
---|
3463 | to \a dm. If \a dm is QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, the
|
---|
3464 | type of the list item is set to \a listStyle.
|
---|
3465 |
|
---|
3466 | \sa setAlignment()
|
---|
3467 | */
|
---|
3468 |
|
---|
3469 | void QTextEdit::setParagType( QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode dm,
|
---|
3470 | QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle listStyle )
|
---|
3471 | {
|
---|
3472 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
---|
3473 | return;
|
---|
3474 |
|
---|
3475 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
3476 | QTextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
3477 | QTextParagraph *end = start;
|
---|
3478 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
---|
3479 | start = doc->selectionStartCursor( QTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
|
---|
3480 | end = doc->selectionEndCursor( QTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
|
---|
3481 | if ( end->paragId() < start->paragId() )
|
---|
3482 | return; // do not trust our selections
|
---|
3483 | }
|
---|
3484 |
|
---|
3485 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3486 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
---|
3487 | undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
|
---|
3488 | undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
|
---|
3489 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
|
---|
3490 |
|
---|
3491 | while ( start != end->next() ) {
|
---|
3492 | start->setListStyle( listStyle );
|
---|
3493 | if ( dm == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem ) {
|
---|
3494 | start->setListItem( TRUE );
|
---|
3495 | if( start->listDepth() == 0 )
|
---|
3496 | start->setListDepth( 1 );
|
---|
3497 | } else if ( start->isListItem() ) {
|
---|
3498 | start->setListItem( FALSE );
|
---|
3499 | start->setListDepth( QMAX( start->listDepth()-1, 0 ) );
|
---|
3500 | }
|
---|
3501 | start = start->next();
|
---|
3502 | }
|
---|
3503 |
|
---|
3504 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3505 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3506 | formatMore();
|
---|
3507 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3508 | setModified();
|
---|
3509 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3510 | }
|
---|
3511 |
|
---|
3512 | /*!
|
---|
3513 | Sets the alignment of the current paragraph to \a a. Valid
|
---|
3514 | alignments are \c Qt::AlignLeft, \c Qt::AlignRight,
|
---|
3515 | \c Qt::AlignJustify and \c Qt::AlignCenter (which centers
|
---|
3516 | horizontally).
|
---|
3517 | */
|
---|
3518 |
|
---|
3519 | void QTextEdit::setAlignment( int a )
|
---|
3520 | {
|
---|
3521 | if ( isReadOnly() || block_set_alignment )
|
---|
3522 | return;
|
---|
3523 |
|
---|
3524 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
3525 | QTextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
3526 | QTextParagraph *end = start;
|
---|
3527 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
---|
3528 | start = doc->selectionStartCursor( QTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
|
---|
3529 | end = doc->selectionEndCursor( QTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
|
---|
3530 | if ( end->paragId() < start->paragId() )
|
---|
3531 | return; // do not trust our selections
|
---|
3532 | }
|
---|
3533 |
|
---|
3534 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3535 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
---|
3536 | undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
|
---|
3537 | undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
|
---|
3538 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
|
---|
3539 |
|
---|
3540 | while ( start != end->next() ) {
|
---|
3541 | start->setAlignment( a );
|
---|
3542 | start = start->next();
|
---|
3543 | }
|
---|
3544 |
|
---|
3545 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
3546 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3547 | formatMore();
|
---|
3548 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3549 | if ( currentAlignment != a ) {
|
---|
3550 | currentAlignment = a;
|
---|
3551 | emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
|
---|
3552 | }
|
---|
3553 | setModified();
|
---|
3554 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3555 | }
|
---|
3556 |
|
---|
3557 | void QTextEdit::updateCurrentFormat()
|
---|
3558 | {
|
---|
3559 | int i = cursor->index();
|
---|
3560 | if ( i > 0 )
|
---|
3561 | --i;
|
---|
3562 | if ( doc->useFormatCollection() &&
|
---|
3563 | ( !currentFormat || currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at( i )->format()->key() ) ) {
|
---|
3564 | if ( currentFormat )
|
---|
3565 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
3566 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( cursor->paragraph()->at( i )->format() );
|
---|
3567 | if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
|
---|
3568 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
---|
3569 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color() );
|
---|
3570 | }
|
---|
3571 | emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
|
---|
3572 | emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
|
---|
3573 | emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
|
---|
3574 | }
|
---|
3575 |
|
---|
3576 | if ( currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment() ) {
|
---|
3577 | currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
|
---|
3578 | block_set_alignment = TRUE;
|
---|
3579 | emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
|
---|
3580 | block_set_alignment = FALSE;
|
---|
3581 | }
|
---|
3582 | }
|
---|
3583 |
|
---|
3584 | /*!
|
---|
3585 | If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to italic; otherwise sets
|
---|
3586 | the current format to non-italic.
|
---|
3587 |
|
---|
3588 | \sa italic()
|
---|
3589 | */
|
---|
3590 |
|
---|
3591 | void QTextEdit::setItalic( bool b )
|
---|
3592 | {
|
---|
3593 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
---|
3594 | f.setItalic( b );
|
---|
3595 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
---|
3596 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Italic );
|
---|
3597 | }
|
---|
3598 |
|
---|
3599 | /*!
|
---|
3600 | If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to bold; otherwise sets
|
---|
3601 | the current format to non-bold.
|
---|
3602 |
|
---|
3603 | \sa bold()
|
---|
3604 | */
|
---|
3605 |
|
---|
3606 | void QTextEdit::setBold( bool b )
|
---|
3607 | {
|
---|
3608 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
---|
3609 | f.setBold( b );
|
---|
3610 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
---|
3611 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Bold );
|
---|
3612 | }
|
---|
3613 |
|
---|
3614 | /*!
|
---|
3615 | If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to underline; otherwise
|
---|
3616 | sets the current format to non-underline.
|
---|
3617 |
|
---|
3618 | \sa underline()
|
---|
3619 | */
|
---|
3620 |
|
---|
3621 | void QTextEdit::setUnderline( bool b )
|
---|
3622 | {
|
---|
3623 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
---|
3624 | f.setUnderline( b );
|
---|
3625 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
---|
3626 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Underline );
|
---|
3627 | }
|
---|
3628 |
|
---|
3629 | /*!
|
---|
3630 | Sets the font family of the current format to \a fontFamily.
|
---|
3631 |
|
---|
3632 | \sa family() setCurrentFont()
|
---|
3633 | */
|
---|
3634 |
|
---|
3635 | void QTextEdit::setFamily( const QString &fontFamily )
|
---|
3636 | {
|
---|
3637 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
---|
3638 | f.setFamily( fontFamily );
|
---|
3639 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
---|
3640 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Family );
|
---|
3641 | }
|
---|
3642 |
|
---|
3643 | /*!
|
---|
3644 | Sets the point size of the current format to \a s.
|
---|
3645 |
|
---|
3646 | Note that if \a s is zero or negative, the behaviour of this
|
---|
3647 | function is not defined.
|
---|
3648 |
|
---|
3649 | \sa pointSize() setCurrentFont() setFamily()
|
---|
3650 | */
|
---|
3651 |
|
---|
3652 | void QTextEdit::setPointSize( int s )
|
---|
3653 | {
|
---|
3654 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
---|
3655 | f.setPointSize( s );
|
---|
3656 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
---|
3657 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Size );
|
---|
3658 | }
|
---|
3659 |
|
---|
3660 | /*!
|
---|
3661 | Sets the color of the current format, i.e. of the text, to \a c.
|
---|
3662 |
|
---|
3663 | \sa color() setPaper()
|
---|
3664 | */
|
---|
3665 |
|
---|
3666 | void QTextEdit::setColor( const QColor &c )
|
---|
3667 | {
|
---|
3668 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
---|
3669 | f.setColor( c );
|
---|
3670 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
---|
3671 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Color );
|
---|
3672 | }
|
---|
3673 |
|
---|
3674 | /*!
|
---|
3675 | Sets the vertical alignment of the current format, i.e. of the
|
---|
3676 | text, to \a a.
|
---|
3677 |
|
---|
3678 | \sa color() setPaper()
|
---|
3679 | */
|
---|
3680 |
|
---|
3681 | void QTextEdit::setVerticalAlignment( VerticalAlignment a )
|
---|
3682 | {
|
---|
3683 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
---|
3684 | f.setVAlign( (QTextFormat::VerticalAlignment)a );
|
---|
3685 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
---|
3686 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::VAlign );
|
---|
3687 | }
|
---|
3688 |
|
---|
3689 | void QTextEdit::setFontInternal( const QFont &f_ )
|
---|
3690 | {
|
---|
3691 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
---|
3692 | f.setFont( f_ );
|
---|
3693 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
---|
3694 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Font );
|
---|
3695 | }
|
---|
3696 |
|
---|
3697 |
|
---|
3698 | QString QTextEdit::text() const
|
---|
3699 | {
|
---|
3700 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3701 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
3702 | return optimText();
|
---|
3703 | #endif
|
---|
3704 |
|
---|
3705 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
3706 | if ( !p || (!p->next() && p->length() <= 1) )
|
---|
3707 | return QString::fromLatin1("");
|
---|
3708 |
|
---|
3709 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
---|
3710 | return doc->originalText();
|
---|
3711 | return doc->text();
|
---|
3712 | }
|
---|
3713 |
|
---|
3714 | /*!
|
---|
3715 | \overload
|
---|
3716 |
|
---|
3717 | Returns the text of paragraph \a para.
|
---|
3718 |
|
---|
3719 | If textFormat() is \c RichText the text will contain HTML
|
---|
3720 | formatting tags.
|
---|
3721 | */
|
---|
3722 |
|
---|
3723 | QString QTextEdit::text( int para ) const
|
---|
3724 | {
|
---|
3725 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3726 | if ( d->optimMode && (d->od->numLines >= para) ) {
|
---|
3727 | QString paraStr = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ];
|
---|
3728 | if ( paraStr.isEmpty() )
|
---|
3729 | paraStr = "\n";
|
---|
3730 | return paraStr;
|
---|
3731 | } else
|
---|
3732 | #endif
|
---|
3733 | return doc->text( para );
|
---|
3734 | }
|
---|
3735 |
|
---|
3736 | /*!
|
---|
3737 | \overload
|
---|
3738 |
|
---|
3739 | Changes the text of the text edit to the string \a text and the
|
---|
3740 | context to \a context. Any previous text is removed.
|
---|
3741 |
|
---|
3742 | \a text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
|
---|
3743 | depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is \c AutoText,
|
---|
3744 | i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format from \a text.
|
---|
3745 |
|
---|
3746 | For rich text the rendering style and available tags are defined
|
---|
3747 | by a styleSheet(); see QStyleSheet for details.
|
---|
3748 |
|
---|
3749 | The optional \a context is a path which the text edit's
|
---|
3750 | QMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations of files and
|
---|
3751 | images. (See \l{QTextEdit::QTextEdit()}.) It is passed to the text
|
---|
3752 | edit's QMimeSourceFactory when quering data.
|
---|
3753 |
|
---|
3754 | Note that the undo/redo history is cleared by this function.
|
---|
3755 |
|
---|
3756 | \sa text(), setTextFormat()
|
---|
3757 | */
|
---|
3758 |
|
---|
3759 | void QTextEdit::setText( const QString &text, const QString &context )
|
---|
3760 | {
|
---|
3761 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3762 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
3763 | optimSetText( text );
|
---|
3764 | return;
|
---|
3765 | }
|
---|
3766 | #endif
|
---|
3767 | if ( !isModified() && isReadOnly() &&
|
---|
3768 | this->context() == context && this->text() == text )
|
---|
3769 | return;
|
---|
3770 |
|
---|
3771 | emit undoAvailable( FALSE );
|
---|
3772 | emit redoAvailable( FALSE );
|
---|
3773 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
---|
3774 | doc->commands()->clear();
|
---|
3775 |
|
---|
3776 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
---|
3777 | int oldCursorPos = cursor->index();
|
---|
3778 | int oldCursorPar = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
3779 | cursor->restoreState();
|
---|
3780 | delete cursor;
|
---|
3781 | doc->setText( text, context );
|
---|
3782 |
|
---|
3783 | if ( wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth ) {
|
---|
3784 | resizeContents( wrapWidth, 0 );
|
---|
3785 | doc->setWidth( wrapWidth );
|
---|
3786 | doc->setMinimumWidth( wrapWidth );
|
---|
3787 | } else {
|
---|
3788 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
---|
3789 | resizeContents( 0, 0 );
|
---|
3790 | }
|
---|
3791 |
|
---|
3792 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
3793 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
---|
3794 | updateContents();
|
---|
3795 |
|
---|
3796 | if ( isModified() )
|
---|
3797 | setModified( FALSE );
|
---|
3798 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
3799 | if ( cursor->index() != oldCursorPos || cursor->paragraph()->paragId() != oldCursorPar ) {
|
---|
3800 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
---|
3801 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
---|
3802 | }
|
---|
3803 | formatMore();
|
---|
3804 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
3805 | d->scrollToAnchor = QString::null;
|
---|
3806 | }
|
---|
3807 |
|
---|
3808 | /*!
|
---|
3809 | \property QTextEdit::text
|
---|
3810 | \brief the text edit's text
|
---|
3811 |
|
---|
3812 | There is no default text.
|
---|
3813 |
|
---|
3814 | On setting, any previous text is deleted.
|
---|
3815 |
|
---|
3816 | The text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
|
---|
3817 | depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is \c AutoText,
|
---|
3818 | i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text.
|
---|
3819 |
|
---|
3820 | For richtext, calling text() on an editable QTextEdit will cause
|
---|
3821 | the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that
|
---|
3822 | the QString returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
|
---|
3823 | was set.
|
---|
3824 |
|
---|
3825 | \sa textFormat
|
---|
3826 | */
|
---|
3827 |
|
---|
3828 |
|
---|
3829 | /*!
|
---|
3830 | \property QTextEdit::readOnly
|
---|
3831 | \brief whether the text edit is read-only
|
---|
3832 |
|
---|
3833 | In a read-only text edit the user can only navigate through the
|
---|
3834 | text and select text; modifying the text is not possible.
|
---|
3835 |
|
---|
3836 | This property's default is FALSE.
|
---|
3837 | */
|
---|
3838 |
|
---|
3839 | /*!
|
---|
3840 | Finds the next occurrence of the string, \a expr. Returns TRUE if
|
---|
3841 | \a expr was found; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
3842 |
|
---|
3843 | If \a para and \a index are both 0 the search begins from the
|
---|
3844 | current cursor position. If \a para and \a index are both not 0,
|
---|
3845 | the search begins from the \a *index character position in the
|
---|
3846 | \a *para paragraph.
|
---|
3847 |
|
---|
3848 | If \a cs is TRUE the search is case sensitive, otherwise it is
|
---|
3849 | case insensitive. If \a wo is TRUE the search looks for whole word
|
---|
3850 | matches only; otherwise it searches for any matching text. If \a
|
---|
3851 | forward is TRUE (the default) the search works forward from the
|
---|
3852 | starting position to the end of the text, otherwise it works
|
---|
3853 | backwards to the beginning of the text.
|
---|
3854 |
|
---|
3855 | If \a expr is found the function returns TRUE. If \a index and \a
|
---|
3856 | para are not 0, the number of the paragraph in which the first
|
---|
3857 | character of the match was found is put into \a *para, and the
|
---|
3858 | index position of that character within the paragraph is put into
|
---|
3859 | \a *index.
|
---|
3860 |
|
---|
3861 | If \a expr is not found the function returns FALSE. If \a index
|
---|
3862 | and \a para are not 0 and \a expr is not found, \a *index
|
---|
3863 | and \a *para are undefined.
|
---|
3864 |
|
---|
3865 | Please note that this function will make the next occurrence of
|
---|
3866 | the string (if found) the current selection, and will thus
|
---|
3867 | modify the cursor position.
|
---|
3868 | */
|
---|
3869 |
|
---|
3870 | bool QTextEdit::find( const QString &expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward,
|
---|
3871 | int *para, int *index )
|
---|
3872 | {
|
---|
3873 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3874 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
3875 | return optimFind( expr, cs, wo, forward, para, index );
|
---|
3876 | #endif
|
---|
3877 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
3878 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
3879 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
3880 | #endif
|
---|
3881 | QTextCursor findcur = *cursor;
|
---|
3882 | if ( para && index ) {
|
---|
3883 | if ( doc->paragAt( *para ) )
|
---|
3884 | findcur.gotoPosition( doc->paragAt(*para), *index );
|
---|
3885 | else
|
---|
3886 | findcur.gotoEnd();
|
---|
3887 | } else if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ){
|
---|
3888 | // maks sure we do not find the same selection again
|
---|
3889 | if ( forward )
|
---|
3890 | findcur.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
3891 | else
|
---|
3892 | findcur.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
3893 | } else if (!forward && findcur.index() == 0 && findcur.paragraph() == findcur.topParagraph()) {
|
---|
3894 | findcur.gotoEnd();
|
---|
3895 | }
|
---|
3896 | removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
3897 | bool found = doc->find( findcur, expr, cs, wo, forward );
|
---|
3898 | if ( found ) {
|
---|
3899 | if ( para )
|
---|
3900 | *para = findcur.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
3901 | if ( index )
|
---|
3902 | *index = findcur.index();
|
---|
3903 | *cursor = findcur;
|
---|
3904 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3905 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3906 | }
|
---|
3907 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3908 | if (found) {
|
---|
3909 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
---|
3910 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
---|
3911 | }
|
---|
3912 | return found;
|
---|
3913 | }
|
---|
3914 |
|
---|
3915 | void QTextEdit::blinkCursor()
|
---|
3916 | {
|
---|
3917 | if ( !cursorVisible )
|
---|
3918 | return;
|
---|
3919 | bool cv = cursorVisible;
|
---|
3920 | blinkCursorVisible = !blinkCursorVisible;
|
---|
3921 | drawCursor( blinkCursorVisible );
|
---|
3922 | cursorVisible = cv;
|
---|
3923 | }
|
---|
3924 |
|
---|
3925 | /*!
|
---|
3926 | Sets the cursor to position \a index in paragraph \a para.
|
---|
3927 |
|
---|
3928 | \sa getCursorPosition()
|
---|
3929 | */
|
---|
3930 |
|
---|
3931 | void QTextEdit::setCursorPosition( int para, int index )
|
---|
3932 | {
|
---|
3933 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
3934 | if ( !p )
|
---|
3935 | return;
|
---|
3936 |
|
---|
3937 | if ( index > p->length() - 1 )
|
---|
3938 | index = p->length() - 1;
|
---|
3939 |
|
---|
3940 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
3941 | cursor->setParagraph( p );
|
---|
3942 | cursor->setIndex( index );
|
---|
3943 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
3944 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
3945 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
---|
3946 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
---|
3947 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
---|
3948 | }
|
---|
3949 |
|
---|
3950 | /*!
|
---|
3951 | This function sets the \a *para and \a *index parameters to the
|
---|
3952 | current cursor position. \a para and \a index must not be 0.
|
---|
3953 |
|
---|
3954 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
---|
3955 | */
|
---|
3956 |
|
---|
3957 | void QTextEdit::getCursorPosition( int *para, int *index ) const
|
---|
3958 | {
|
---|
3959 | if ( !para || !index )
|
---|
3960 | return;
|
---|
3961 | *para = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
3962 | *index = cursor->index();
|
---|
3963 | }
|
---|
3964 |
|
---|
3965 | /*!
|
---|
3966 | Sets a selection which starts at position \a indexFrom in
|
---|
3967 | paragraph \a paraFrom and ends at position \a indexTo in paragraph
|
---|
3968 | \a paraTo.
|
---|
3969 |
|
---|
3970 | Any existing selections which have a different id (\a selNum) are
|
---|
3971 | left alone, but if an existing selection has the same id as \a
|
---|
3972 | selNum it is removed and replaced by this selection.
|
---|
3973 |
|
---|
3974 | Uses the selection settings of selection \a selNum. If \a selNum
|
---|
3975 | is 0, this is the default selection.
|
---|
3976 |
|
---|
3977 | The cursor is moved to the end of the selection if \a selNum is 0,
|
---|
3978 | otherwise the cursor position remains unchanged.
|
---|
3979 |
|
---|
3980 | \sa getSelection() selectedText
|
---|
3981 | */
|
---|
3982 |
|
---|
3983 | void QTextEdit::setSelection( int paraFrom, int indexFrom,
|
---|
3984 | int paraTo, int indexTo, int selNum )
|
---|
3985 | {
|
---|
3986 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
3987 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
3988 | optimSetSelection(paraFrom, indexFrom, paraTo, indexTo);
|
---|
3989 | repaintContents(FALSE);
|
---|
3990 | return;
|
---|
3991 | }
|
---|
3992 | #endif
|
---|
3993 | if ( doc->hasSelection( selNum ) ) {
|
---|
3994 | doc->removeSelection( selNum );
|
---|
3995 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
3996 | }
|
---|
3997 | if ( selNum > doc->numSelections() - 1 )
|
---|
3998 | doc->addSelection( selNum );
|
---|
3999 | QTextParagraph *p1 = doc->paragAt( paraFrom );
|
---|
4000 | if ( !p1 )
|
---|
4001 | return;
|
---|
4002 | QTextParagraph *p2 = doc->paragAt( paraTo );
|
---|
4003 | if ( !p2 )
|
---|
4004 | return;
|
---|
4005 |
|
---|
4006 | if ( indexFrom > p1->length() - 1 )
|
---|
4007 | indexFrom = p1->length() - 1;
|
---|
4008 | if ( indexTo > p2->length() - 1 )
|
---|
4009 | indexTo = p2->length() - 1;
|
---|
4010 |
|
---|
4011 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
4012 | QTextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
4013 | QTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
---|
4014 | c.setParagraph( p1 );
|
---|
4015 | c.setIndex( indexFrom );
|
---|
4016 | cursor->setParagraph( p2 );
|
---|
4017 | cursor->setIndex( indexTo );
|
---|
4018 | doc->setSelectionStart( selNum, c );
|
---|
4019 | doc->setSelectionEnd( selNum, *cursor );
|
---|
4020 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
4021 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
4022 | if ( selNum != QTextDocument::Standard )
|
---|
4023 | *cursor = oldCursor;
|
---|
4024 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
---|
4025 | }
|
---|
4026 |
|
---|
4027 | /*!
|
---|
4028 | If there is a selection, \a *paraFrom is set to the number of the
|
---|
4029 | paragraph in which the selection begins and \a *paraTo is set to
|
---|
4030 | the number of the paragraph in which the selection ends. (They
|
---|
4031 | could be the same.) \a *indexFrom is set to the index at which the
|
---|
4032 | selection begins within \a *paraFrom, and \a *indexTo is set to
|
---|
4033 | the index at which the selection ends within \a *paraTo.
|
---|
4034 |
|
---|
4035 | If there is no selection, \a *paraFrom, \a *indexFrom, \a *paraTo
|
---|
4036 | and \a *indexTo are all set to -1.
|
---|
4037 |
|
---|
4038 | If \a paraFrom, \a indexFrom, \a paraTo or \a indexTo is 0 this
|
---|
4039 | function does nothing.
|
---|
4040 |
|
---|
4041 | The \a selNum is the number of the selection (multiple selections
|
---|
4042 | are supported). It defaults to 0 (the default selection).
|
---|
4043 |
|
---|
4044 | \sa setSelection() selectedText
|
---|
4045 | */
|
---|
4046 |
|
---|
4047 | void QTextEdit::getSelection( int *paraFrom, int *indexFrom,
|
---|
4048 | int *paraTo, int *indexTo, int selNum ) const
|
---|
4049 | {
|
---|
4050 | if ( !paraFrom || !paraTo || !indexFrom || !indexTo )
|
---|
4051 | return;
|
---|
4052 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4053 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
---|
4054 | *paraFrom = d->od->selStart.line;
|
---|
4055 | *paraTo = d->od->selEnd.line;
|
---|
4056 | *indexFrom = d->od->selStart.index;
|
---|
4057 | *indexTo = d->od->selEnd.index;
|
---|
4058 | return;
|
---|
4059 | }
|
---|
4060 | #endif
|
---|
4061 | if ( !doc->hasSelection( selNum ) ) {
|
---|
4062 | *paraFrom = -1;
|
---|
4063 | *indexFrom = -1;
|
---|
4064 | *paraTo = -1;
|
---|
4065 | *indexTo = -1;
|
---|
4066 | return;
|
---|
4067 | }
|
---|
4068 |
|
---|
4069 | doc->selectionStart( selNum, *paraFrom, *indexFrom );
|
---|
4070 | doc->selectionEnd( selNum, *paraTo, *indexTo );
|
---|
4071 | }
|
---|
4072 |
|
---|
4073 | /*!
|
---|
4074 | \property QTextEdit::textFormat
|
---|
4075 | \brief the text format: rich text, plain text, log text or auto text.
|
---|
4076 |
|
---|
4077 | The text format is one of the following:
|
---|
4078 | \list
|
---|
4079 | \i PlainText - all characters, except newlines, are displayed
|
---|
4080 | verbatim, including spaces. Whenever a newline appears in the text
|
---|
4081 | the text edit inserts a hard line break and begins a new
|
---|
4082 | paragraph.
|
---|
4083 | \i RichText - rich text rendering. The available styles are
|
---|
4084 | defined in the default stylesheet QStyleSheet::defaultSheet().
|
---|
4085 | \i LogText - optimized mode for very large texts. Supports a very
|
---|
4086 | limited set of formatting tags (color, bold, underline and italic
|
---|
4087 | settings).
|
---|
4088 | \i AutoText - this is the default. The text edit autodetects which
|
---|
4089 | rendering style is best, \c PlainText or \c RichText. This is done
|
---|
4090 | by using the QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText() function.
|
---|
4091 | \endlist
|
---|
4092 | */
|
---|
4093 |
|
---|
4094 | void QTextEdit::setTextFormat( TextFormat format )
|
---|
4095 | {
|
---|
4096 | doc->setTextFormat( format );
|
---|
4097 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4098 | checkOptimMode();
|
---|
4099 | #endif
|
---|
4100 | }
|
---|
4101 |
|
---|
4102 | Qt::TextFormat QTextEdit::textFormat() const
|
---|
4103 | {
|
---|
4104 | return doc->textFormat();
|
---|
4105 | }
|
---|
4106 |
|
---|
4107 | /*!
|
---|
4108 | Returns the number of paragraphs in the text; an empty textedit is always
|
---|
4109 | considered to have one paragraph, so 1 is returned in this case.
|
---|
4110 | */
|
---|
4111 |
|
---|
4112 | int QTextEdit::paragraphs() const
|
---|
4113 | {
|
---|
4114 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4115 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
4116 | return d->od->numLines;
|
---|
4117 | }
|
---|
4118 | #endif
|
---|
4119 | return doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1;
|
---|
4120 | }
|
---|
4121 |
|
---|
4122 | /*!
|
---|
4123 | Returns the number of lines in paragraph \a para, or -1 if there
|
---|
4124 | is no paragraph with index \a para.
|
---|
4125 | */
|
---|
4126 |
|
---|
4127 | int QTextEdit::linesOfParagraph( int para ) const
|
---|
4128 | {
|
---|
4129 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4130 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
4131 | if ( d->od->numLines >= para )
|
---|
4132 | return 1;
|
---|
4133 | else
|
---|
4134 | return -1;
|
---|
4135 | }
|
---|
4136 | #endif
|
---|
4137 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
4138 | if ( !p )
|
---|
4139 | return -1;
|
---|
4140 | return p->lines();
|
---|
4141 | }
|
---|
4142 |
|
---|
4143 | /*!
|
---|
4144 | Returns the length of the paragraph \a para (i.e. the number of
|
---|
4145 | characters), or -1 if there is no paragraph with index \a para.
|
---|
4146 |
|
---|
4147 | This function ignores newlines.
|
---|
4148 | */
|
---|
4149 |
|
---|
4150 | int QTextEdit::paragraphLength( int para ) const
|
---|
4151 | {
|
---|
4152 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4153 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
4154 | if ( d->od->numLines >= para ) {
|
---|
4155 | if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ].isEmpty() ) // CR
|
---|
4156 | return 1;
|
---|
4157 | else
|
---|
4158 | return d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ].length();
|
---|
4159 | }
|
---|
4160 | return -1;
|
---|
4161 | }
|
---|
4162 | #endif
|
---|
4163 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
4164 | if ( !p )
|
---|
4165 | return -1;
|
---|
4166 | return p->length() - 1;
|
---|
4167 | }
|
---|
4168 |
|
---|
4169 | /*!
|
---|
4170 | Returns the number of lines in the text edit; this could be 0.
|
---|
4171 |
|
---|
4172 | \warning This function may be slow. Lines change all the time
|
---|
4173 | during word wrapping, so this function has to iterate over all the
|
---|
4174 | paragraphs and get the number of lines from each one individually.
|
---|
4175 | */
|
---|
4176 |
|
---|
4177 | int QTextEdit::lines() const
|
---|
4178 | {
|
---|
4179 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4180 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
4181 | return d->od->numLines;
|
---|
4182 | }
|
---|
4183 | #endif
|
---|
4184 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
4185 | int l = 0;
|
---|
4186 | while ( p ) {
|
---|
4187 | l += p->lines();
|
---|
4188 | p = p->next();
|
---|
4189 | }
|
---|
4190 |
|
---|
4191 | return l;
|
---|
4192 | }
|
---|
4193 |
|
---|
4194 | /*!
|
---|
4195 | Returns the line number of the line in paragraph \a para in which
|
---|
4196 | the character at position \a index appears. The \a index position is
|
---|
4197 | relative to the beginning of the paragraph. If there is no such
|
---|
4198 | paragraph or no such character at the \a index position (e.g. the
|
---|
4199 | index is out of range) -1 is returned.
|
---|
4200 | */
|
---|
4201 |
|
---|
4202 | int QTextEdit::lineOfChar( int para, int index )
|
---|
4203 | {
|
---|
4204 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
4205 | if ( !p )
|
---|
4206 | return -1;
|
---|
4207 |
|
---|
4208 | int idx, line;
|
---|
4209 | QTextStringChar *c = p->lineStartOfChar( index, &idx, &line );
|
---|
4210 | if ( !c )
|
---|
4211 | return -1;
|
---|
4212 |
|
---|
4213 | return line;
|
---|
4214 | }
|
---|
4215 |
|
---|
4216 | void QTextEdit::setModified( bool m )
|
---|
4217 | {
|
---|
4218 | bool oldModified = modified;
|
---|
4219 | modified = m;
|
---|
4220 | if ( modified && doc->oTextValid )
|
---|
4221 | doc->invalidateOriginalText();
|
---|
4222 | if ( oldModified != modified )
|
---|
4223 | emit modificationChanged( modified );
|
---|
4224 | }
|
---|
4225 |
|
---|
4226 | /*!
|
---|
4227 | \property QTextEdit::modified
|
---|
4228 | \brief whether the document has been modified by the user
|
---|
4229 | */
|
---|
4230 |
|
---|
4231 | bool QTextEdit::isModified() const
|
---|
4232 | {
|
---|
4233 | return modified;
|
---|
4234 | }
|
---|
4235 |
|
---|
4236 | void QTextEdit::setModified()
|
---|
4237 | {
|
---|
4238 | if ( !isModified() )
|
---|
4239 | setModified( TRUE );
|
---|
4240 | }
|
---|
4241 |
|
---|
4242 | /*!
|
---|
4243 | Returns TRUE if the current format is italic; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
4244 |
|
---|
4245 | \sa setItalic()
|
---|
4246 | */
|
---|
4247 |
|
---|
4248 | bool QTextEdit::italic() const
|
---|
4249 | {
|
---|
4250 | return currentFormat->font().italic();
|
---|
4251 | }
|
---|
4252 |
|
---|
4253 | /*!
|
---|
4254 | Returns TRUE if the current format is bold; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
4255 |
|
---|
4256 | \sa setBold()
|
---|
4257 | */
|
---|
4258 |
|
---|
4259 | bool QTextEdit::bold() const
|
---|
4260 | {
|
---|
4261 | return currentFormat->font().bold();
|
---|
4262 | }
|
---|
4263 |
|
---|
4264 | /*!
|
---|
4265 | Returns TRUE if the current format is underlined; otherwise returns
|
---|
4266 | FALSE.
|
---|
4267 |
|
---|
4268 | \sa setUnderline()
|
---|
4269 | */
|
---|
4270 |
|
---|
4271 | bool QTextEdit::underline() const
|
---|
4272 | {
|
---|
4273 | return currentFormat->font().underline();
|
---|
4274 | }
|
---|
4275 |
|
---|
4276 | /*!
|
---|
4277 | Returns the font family of the current format.
|
---|
4278 |
|
---|
4279 | \sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
|
---|
4280 | */
|
---|
4281 |
|
---|
4282 | QString QTextEdit::family() const
|
---|
4283 | {
|
---|
4284 | return currentFormat->font().family();
|
---|
4285 | }
|
---|
4286 |
|
---|
4287 | /*!
|
---|
4288 | Returns the point size of the font of the current format.
|
---|
4289 |
|
---|
4290 | \sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
|
---|
4291 | */
|
---|
4292 |
|
---|
4293 | int QTextEdit::pointSize() const
|
---|
4294 | {
|
---|
4295 | return currentFormat->font().pointSize();
|
---|
4296 | }
|
---|
4297 |
|
---|
4298 | /*!
|
---|
4299 | Returns the color of the current format.
|
---|
4300 |
|
---|
4301 | \sa setColor() setPaper()
|
---|
4302 | */
|
---|
4303 |
|
---|
4304 | QColor QTextEdit::color() const
|
---|
4305 | {
|
---|
4306 | return currentFormat->color();
|
---|
4307 | }
|
---|
4308 |
|
---|
4309 | /*!
|
---|
4310 | \obsolete
|
---|
4311 |
|
---|
4312 | Returns QScrollView::font()
|
---|
4313 |
|
---|
4314 | \warning In previous versions this function returned the font of
|
---|
4315 | the current format. This lead to confusion. Please use
|
---|
4316 | currentFont() instead.
|
---|
4317 | */
|
---|
4318 |
|
---|
4319 | QFont QTextEdit::font() const
|
---|
4320 | {
|
---|
4321 | return QScrollView::font();
|
---|
4322 | }
|
---|
4323 |
|
---|
4324 | /*!
|
---|
4325 | Returns the font of the current format.
|
---|
4326 |
|
---|
4327 | \sa setCurrentFont() setFamily() setPointSize()
|
---|
4328 | */
|
---|
4329 |
|
---|
4330 | QFont QTextEdit::currentFont() const
|
---|
4331 | {
|
---|
4332 | return currentFormat->font();
|
---|
4333 | }
|
---|
4334 |
|
---|
4335 |
|
---|
4336 | /*!
|
---|
4337 | Returns the alignment of the current paragraph.
|
---|
4338 |
|
---|
4339 | \sa setAlignment()
|
---|
4340 | */
|
---|
4341 |
|
---|
4342 | int QTextEdit::alignment() const
|
---|
4343 | {
|
---|
4344 | return currentAlignment;
|
---|
4345 | }
|
---|
4346 |
|
---|
4347 | void QTextEdit::startDrag()
|
---|
4348 | {
|
---|
4349 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
---|
4350 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
---|
4351 | inDoubleClick = FALSE;
|
---|
4352 | QDragObject *drag = dragObject( viewport() );
|
---|
4353 | if ( !drag )
|
---|
4354 | return;
|
---|
4355 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
4356 | drag->dragCopy();
|
---|
4357 | } else {
|
---|
4358 | if ( drag->drag() && QDragObject::target() != this && QDragObject::target() != viewport() )
|
---|
4359 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
4360 | }
|
---|
4361 | #endif
|
---|
4362 | }
|
---|
4363 |
|
---|
4364 | /*!
|
---|
4365 | If \a select is TRUE (the default), all the text is selected as
|
---|
4366 | selection 0. If \a select is FALSE any selected text is
|
---|
4367 | unselected, i.e. the default selection (selection 0) is cleared.
|
---|
4368 |
|
---|
4369 | \sa selectedText
|
---|
4370 | */
|
---|
4371 |
|
---|
4372 | void QTextEdit::selectAll( bool select )
|
---|
4373 | {
|
---|
4374 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4375 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
4376 | if ( select )
|
---|
4377 | optimSelectAll();
|
---|
4378 | else
|
---|
4379 | optimRemoveSelection();
|
---|
4380 | return;
|
---|
4381 | }
|
---|
4382 | #endif
|
---|
4383 | if ( !select )
|
---|
4384 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
4385 | else
|
---|
4386 | doc->selectAll( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
4387 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
4388 | emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
---|
4389 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
4390 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
4391 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
4392 | #endif
|
---|
4393 | }
|
---|
4394 |
|
---|
4395 | void QTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::clear()
|
---|
4396 | {
|
---|
4397 | if ( valid() ) {
|
---|
4398 | if ( type == Insert || type == Return )
|
---|
4399 | doc->addCommand( new QTextInsertCommand( doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation ) );
|
---|
4400 | else if ( type == Format )
|
---|
4401 | doc->addCommand( new QTextFormatCommand( doc, id, index, eid, eindex, d->text.rawData(), format, flags ) );
|
---|
4402 | else if ( type == Style )
|
---|
4403 | doc->addCommand( new QTextStyleCommand( doc, id, eid, styleInformation ) );
|
---|
4404 | else if ( type != Invalid ) {
|
---|
4405 | doc->addCommand( new QTextDeleteCommand( doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation ) );
|
---|
4406 | }
|
---|
4407 | }
|
---|
4408 | type = Invalid;
|
---|
4409 | d->text = QString::null;
|
---|
4410 | id = -1;
|
---|
4411 | index = -1;
|
---|
4412 | styleInformation = QByteArray();
|
---|
4413 | }
|
---|
4414 |
|
---|
4415 |
|
---|
4416 | /*!
|
---|
4417 | If there is some selected text (in selection 0) it is deleted. If
|
---|
4418 | there is no selected text (in selection 0) the character to the
|
---|
4419 | right of the text cursor is deleted.
|
---|
4420 |
|
---|
4421 | \sa removeSelectedText() cut()
|
---|
4422 | */
|
---|
4423 |
|
---|
4424 | void QTextEdit::del()
|
---|
4425 | {
|
---|
4426 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
---|
4427 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
4428 | return;
|
---|
4429 | }
|
---|
4430 |
|
---|
4431 | doKeyboardAction( ActionDelete );
|
---|
4432 | }
|
---|
4433 |
|
---|
4434 |
|
---|
4435 | QTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::UndoRedoInfo( QTextDocument *dc )
|
---|
4436 | : type( Invalid ), doc( dc )
|
---|
4437 | {
|
---|
4438 | d = new QUndoRedoInfoPrivate;
|
---|
4439 | d->text = QString::null;
|
---|
4440 | id = -1;
|
---|
4441 | index = -1;
|
---|
4442 | }
|
---|
4443 |
|
---|
4444 | QTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::~UndoRedoInfo()
|
---|
4445 | {
|
---|
4446 | delete d;
|
---|
4447 | }
|
---|
4448 |
|
---|
4449 | bool QTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::valid() const
|
---|
4450 | {
|
---|
4451 | return id >= 0 && type != Invalid;
|
---|
4452 | }
|
---|
4453 |
|
---|
4454 | /*!
|
---|
4455 | \internal
|
---|
4456 |
|
---|
4457 | Resets the current format to the default format.
|
---|
4458 | */
|
---|
4459 |
|
---|
4460 | void QTextEdit::resetFormat()
|
---|
4461 | {
|
---|
4462 | setAlignment( Qt::AlignAuto );
|
---|
4463 | setParagType( QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock, QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc );
|
---|
4464 | setFormat( doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat(), QTextFormat::Format );
|
---|
4465 | }
|
---|
4466 |
|
---|
4467 | /*!
|
---|
4468 | Returns the QStyleSheet which is being used by this text edit.
|
---|
4469 |
|
---|
4470 | \sa setStyleSheet()
|
---|
4471 | */
|
---|
4472 |
|
---|
4473 | QStyleSheet* QTextEdit::styleSheet() const
|
---|
4474 | {
|
---|
4475 | return doc->styleSheet();
|
---|
4476 | }
|
---|
4477 |
|
---|
4478 | /*!
|
---|
4479 | Sets the stylesheet to use with this text edit to \a styleSheet.
|
---|
4480 | Changes will only take effect for new text added with setText() or
|
---|
4481 | append().
|
---|
4482 |
|
---|
4483 | \sa styleSheet()
|
---|
4484 | */
|
---|
4485 |
|
---|
4486 | void QTextEdit::setStyleSheet( QStyleSheet* styleSheet )
|
---|
4487 | {
|
---|
4488 | doc->setStyleSheet( styleSheet );
|
---|
4489 | }
|
---|
4490 |
|
---|
4491 | /*!
|
---|
4492 | \property QTextEdit::paper
|
---|
4493 | \brief the background (paper) brush.
|
---|
4494 |
|
---|
4495 | The brush that is currently used to draw the background of the
|
---|
4496 | text edit. The initial setting is an empty brush.
|
---|
4497 | */
|
---|
4498 |
|
---|
4499 | void QTextEdit::setPaper( const QBrush& pap )
|
---|
4500 | {
|
---|
4501 | doc->setPaper( new QBrush( pap ) );
|
---|
4502 | setPaletteBackgroundColor( pap.color() );
|
---|
4503 | viewport()->setPaletteBackgroundColor( pap.color() );
|
---|
4504 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4505 | // force a repaint of the entire viewport - using updateContents()
|
---|
4506 | // would clip the coords to the content size
|
---|
4507 | if (d->optimMode)
|
---|
4508 | repaintContents(contentsX(), contentsY(), viewport()->width(), viewport()->height());
|
---|
4509 | else
|
---|
4510 | #endif
|
---|
4511 | updateContents();
|
---|
4512 | }
|
---|
4513 |
|
---|
4514 | QBrush QTextEdit::paper() const
|
---|
4515 | {
|
---|
4516 | if ( doc->paper() )
|
---|
4517 | return *doc->paper();
|
---|
4518 | return QBrush( colorGroup().base() );
|
---|
4519 | }
|
---|
4520 |
|
---|
4521 | /*!
|
---|
4522 | \property QTextEdit::linkUnderline
|
---|
4523 | \brief whether hypertext links will be underlined
|
---|
4524 |
|
---|
4525 | If TRUE (the default) hypertext links will be displayed
|
---|
4526 | underlined. If FALSE links will not be displayed underlined.
|
---|
4527 | */
|
---|
4528 |
|
---|
4529 | void QTextEdit::setLinkUnderline( bool b )
|
---|
4530 | {
|
---|
4531 | if ( doc->underlineLinks() == b )
|
---|
4532 | return;
|
---|
4533 | doc->setUnderlineLinks( b );
|
---|
4534 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
4535 | }
|
---|
4536 |
|
---|
4537 | bool QTextEdit::linkUnderline() const
|
---|
4538 | {
|
---|
4539 | return doc->underlineLinks();
|
---|
4540 | }
|
---|
4541 |
|
---|
4542 | /*!
|
---|
4543 | Sets the text edit's mimesource factory to \a factory. See
|
---|
4544 | QMimeSourceFactory for further details.
|
---|
4545 |
|
---|
4546 | \sa mimeSourceFactory()
|
---|
4547 | */
|
---|
4548 |
|
---|
4549 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
4550 | void QTextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory( QMimeSourceFactory* factory )
|
---|
4551 | {
|
---|
4552 | doc->setMimeSourceFactory( factory );
|
---|
4553 | }
|
---|
4554 |
|
---|
4555 | /*!
|
---|
4556 | Returns the QMimeSourceFactory which is being used by this text
|
---|
4557 | edit.
|
---|
4558 |
|
---|
4559 | \sa setMimeSourceFactory()
|
---|
4560 | */
|
---|
4561 |
|
---|
4562 | QMimeSourceFactory* QTextEdit::mimeSourceFactory() const
|
---|
4563 | {
|
---|
4564 | return doc->mimeSourceFactory();
|
---|
4565 | }
|
---|
4566 | #endif
|
---|
4567 |
|
---|
4568 | /*!
|
---|
4569 | Returns how many pixels high the text edit needs to be to display
|
---|
4570 | all the text if the text edit is \a w pixels wide.
|
---|
4571 | */
|
---|
4572 |
|
---|
4573 | int QTextEdit::heightForWidth( int w ) const
|
---|
4574 | {
|
---|
4575 | int oldw = doc->width();
|
---|
4576 | doc->doLayout( 0, w );
|
---|
4577 | int h = doc->height();
|
---|
4578 | doc->setWidth( oldw );
|
---|
4579 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
4580 | ( (QTextEdit*)this )->formatMore();
|
---|
4581 | return h;
|
---|
4582 | }
|
---|
4583 |
|
---|
4584 | /*!
|
---|
4585 | Appends a new paragraph with \a text to the end of the text edit. Note that
|
---|
4586 | the undo/redo history is cleared by this function, and no undo
|
---|
4587 | history is kept for appends which makes them faster than
|
---|
4588 | insert()s. If you want to append text which is added to the
|
---|
4589 | undo/redo history as well, use insertParagraph().
|
---|
4590 | */
|
---|
4591 |
|
---|
4592 | void QTextEdit::append( const QString &text )
|
---|
4593 | {
|
---|
4594 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4595 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
4596 | optimAppend( text );
|
---|
4597 | return;
|
---|
4598 | }
|
---|
4599 | #endif
|
---|
4600 | // flush and clear the undo/redo stack if necessary
|
---|
4601 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
---|
4602 | doc->commands()->clear();
|
---|
4603 |
|
---|
4604 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
4605 | TextFormat f = doc->textFormat();
|
---|
4606 | if ( f == AutoText ) {
|
---|
4607 | if ( QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText( text ) )
|
---|
4608 | f = RichText;
|
---|
4609 | else
|
---|
4610 | f = PlainText;
|
---|
4611 | }
|
---|
4612 |
|
---|
4613 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
---|
4614 | QTextCursor oldc( *cursor );
|
---|
4615 | ensureFormatted( doc->lastParagraph() );
|
---|
4616 | bool atBottom = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
|
---|
4617 | cursor->gotoEnd();
|
---|
4618 | if ( cursor->index() > 0 )
|
---|
4619 | cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
|
---|
4620 | QTextCursor oldCursor2 = *cursor;
|
---|
4621 |
|
---|
4622 | if ( f == Qt::PlainText ) {
|
---|
4623 | cursor->insert( text, TRUE );
|
---|
4624 | if ( doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor() &&
|
---|
4625 | currentFormat != cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format() ) {
|
---|
4626 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, oldCursor2 );
|
---|
4627 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
---|
4628 | doc->setFormat( QTextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, QTextFormat::Format );
|
---|
4629 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
4630 | }
|
---|
4631 | } else {
|
---|
4632 | cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
|
---|
4633 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( 0 );
|
---|
4634 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev() )
|
---|
4635 | cursor->paragraph()->prev()->invalidate(0); // vertical margins might have to change
|
---|
4636 | doc->setRichTextInternal( text );
|
---|
4637 | }
|
---|
4638 | formatMore();
|
---|
4639 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
4640 | if ( atBottom )
|
---|
4641 | scrollToBottom();
|
---|
4642 | *cursor = oldc;
|
---|
4643 | if ( !isReadOnly() )
|
---|
4644 | cursorVisible = TRUE;
|
---|
4645 | setModified();
|
---|
4646 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
4647 | }
|
---|
4648 |
|
---|
4649 | /*!
|
---|
4650 | \property QTextEdit::hasSelectedText
|
---|
4651 | \brief whether some text is selected in selection 0
|
---|
4652 | */
|
---|
4653 |
|
---|
4654 | bool QTextEdit::hasSelectedText() const
|
---|
4655 | {
|
---|
4656 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4657 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
4658 | return optimHasSelection();
|
---|
4659 | else
|
---|
4660 | #endif
|
---|
4661 | return doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
4662 | }
|
---|
4663 |
|
---|
4664 | /*!
|
---|
4665 | \property QTextEdit::selectedText
|
---|
4666 | \brief The selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if
|
---|
4667 | there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
|
---|
4668 |
|
---|
4669 | The text is always returned as \c PlainText if the textFormat() is
|
---|
4670 | \c PlainText or \c AutoText, otherwise it is returned as HTML.
|
---|
4671 |
|
---|
4672 | \sa hasSelectedText
|
---|
4673 | */
|
---|
4674 |
|
---|
4675 | QString QTextEdit::selectedText() const
|
---|
4676 | {
|
---|
4677 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
4678 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
4679 | return optimSelectedText();
|
---|
4680 | else
|
---|
4681 | #endif
|
---|
4682 | return doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Standard, textFormat() == RichText );
|
---|
4683 | }
|
---|
4684 |
|
---|
4685 | bool QTextEdit::handleReadOnlyKeyEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
|
---|
4686 | {
|
---|
4687 | switch( e->key() ) {
|
---|
4688 | case Key_Down:
|
---|
4689 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() + 10 );
|
---|
4690 | break;
|
---|
4691 | case Key_Up:
|
---|
4692 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() - 10 );
|
---|
4693 | break;
|
---|
4694 | case Key_Left:
|
---|
4695 | setContentsPos( contentsX() - 10, contentsY() );
|
---|
4696 | break;
|
---|
4697 | case Key_Right:
|
---|
4698 | setContentsPos( contentsX() + 10, contentsY() );
|
---|
4699 | break;
|
---|
4700 | case Key_PageUp:
|
---|
4701 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() - visibleHeight() );
|
---|
4702 | break;
|
---|
4703 | case Key_PageDown:
|
---|
4704 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() + visibleHeight() );
|
---|
4705 | break;
|
---|
4706 | case Key_Home:
|
---|
4707 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), 0 );
|
---|
4708 | break;
|
---|
4709 | case Key_End:
|
---|
4710 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() );
|
---|
4711 | break;
|
---|
4712 | case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
4713 | copy();
|
---|
4714 | break;
|
---|
4715 | #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
---|
4716 | case Key_Return:
|
---|
4717 | case Key_Enter:
|
---|
4718 | case Key_Space: {
|
---|
4719 | if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()
|
---|
4720 | || !doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
4721 | if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
4722 | QUrl u( doc->context(), doc->focusIndicator.href, TRUE );
|
---|
4723 | emitLinkClicked( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
|
---|
4724 | }
|
---|
4725 | if (!doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty()) {
|
---|
4726 | if (::qt_cast<QTextBrowser*>(this)) { // change for 4.0
|
---|
4727 | QConnectionList *clist = receivers(
|
---|
4728 | "anchorClicked(const QString&,const QString&)");
|
---|
4729 | if (!signalsBlocked() && clist) {
|
---|
4730 | QUObject o[3];
|
---|
4731 | static_QUType_QString.set(o+1,
|
---|
4732 | doc->focusIndicator.name);
|
---|
4733 | static_QUType_QString.set(o+2,
|
---|
4734 | doc->focusIndicator.href);
|
---|
4735 | activate_signal( clist, o);
|
---|
4736 | }
|
---|
4737 | }
|
---|
4738 | }
|
---|
4739 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
4740 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
4741 | #endif
|
---|
4742 | }
|
---|
4743 | } break;
|
---|
4744 | #endif
|
---|
4745 | default:
|
---|
4746 | if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
|
---|
4747 | switch ( e->key() ) {
|
---|
4748 | case Key_C: case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
---|
4749 | copy();
|
---|
4750 | break;
|
---|
4751 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
4752 | case Key_Insert:
|
---|
4753 | copy();
|
---|
4754 | break;
|
---|
4755 | case Key_A:
|
---|
4756 | selectAll();
|
---|
4757 | break;
|
---|
4758 | #endif
|
---|
4759 | }
|
---|
4760 |
|
---|
4761 | }
|
---|
4762 | return FALSE;
|
---|
4763 | }
|
---|
4764 | return TRUE;
|
---|
4765 | }
|
---|
4766 |
|
---|
4767 | /*!
|
---|
4768 | Returns the context of the text edit. The context is a path which
|
---|
4769 | the text edit's QMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations
|
---|
4770 | of files and images.
|
---|
4771 |
|
---|
4772 | \sa text
|
---|
4773 | */
|
---|
4774 |
|
---|
4775 | QString QTextEdit::context() const
|
---|
4776 | {
|
---|
4777 | return doc->context();
|
---|
4778 | }
|
---|
4779 |
|
---|
4780 | /*!
|
---|
4781 | \property QTextEdit::documentTitle
|
---|
4782 | \brief the title of the document parsed from the text.
|
---|
4783 |
|
---|
4784 | For \c PlainText the title will be an empty string. For \c
|
---|
4785 | RichText the title will be the text between the \c{<title>} tags,
|
---|
4786 | if present, otherwise an empty string.
|
---|
4787 | */
|
---|
4788 |
|
---|
4789 | QString QTextEdit::documentTitle() const
|
---|
4790 | {
|
---|
4791 | return doc->attributes()[ "title" ];
|
---|
4792 | }
|
---|
4793 |
|
---|
4794 | void QTextEdit::makeParagVisible( QTextParagraph *p )
|
---|
4795 | {
|
---|
4796 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), QMIN( p->rect().y(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
|
---|
4797 | }
|
---|
4798 |
|
---|
4799 | /*!
|
---|
4800 | Scrolls the text edit to make the text at the anchor called \a
|
---|
4801 | name visible, if it can be found in the document. If the anchor
|
---|
4802 | isn't found no scrolling will occur. An anchor is defined using
|
---|
4803 | the HTML anchor tag, e.g. \c{<a name="target">}.
|
---|
4804 | */
|
---|
4805 |
|
---|
4806 | void QTextEdit::scrollToAnchor( const QString& name )
|
---|
4807 | {
|
---|
4808 | if ( !isVisible() ) {
|
---|
4809 | d->scrollToAnchor = name;
|
---|
4810 | return;
|
---|
4811 | }
|
---|
4812 | if ( name.isEmpty() )
|
---|
4813 | return;
|
---|
4814 | sync();
|
---|
4815 | QTextCursor cursor( doc );
|
---|
4816 | QTextParagraph* last = doc->lastParagraph();
|
---|
4817 | for (;;) {
|
---|
4818 | QTextStringChar* c = cursor.paragraph()->at( cursor.index() );
|
---|
4819 | if( c->isAnchor() ) {
|
---|
4820 | QString a = c->anchorName();
|
---|
4821 | if ( a == name ||
|
---|
4822 | (a.contains( '#' ) && QStringList::split( '#', a ).contains( name ) ) ) {
|
---|
4823 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), QMIN( cursor.paragraph()->rect().top() + cursor.totalOffsetY(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
|
---|
4824 | break;
|
---|
4825 | }
|
---|
4826 | }
|
---|
4827 | if ( cursor.paragraph() == last && cursor.atParagEnd() )
|
---|
4828 | break;
|
---|
4829 | cursor.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
4830 | }
|
---|
4831 | }
|
---|
4832 |
|
---|
4833 | #if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
|
---|
4834 | #error "function anchorAt(const QPoint& pos) should be merged into function anchorAt(const QPoint& pos, AnchorAttribute attr)"
|
---|
4835 | #endif
|
---|
4836 |
|
---|
4837 | /*!
|
---|
4838 | \overload
|
---|
4839 |
|
---|
4840 | If there is an anchor at position \a pos (in contents
|
---|
4841 | coordinates), its \c href is returned, otherwise QString::null is
|
---|
4842 | returned.
|
---|
4843 | */
|
---|
4844 |
|
---|
4845 | QString QTextEdit::anchorAt( const QPoint& pos )
|
---|
4846 | {
|
---|
4847 | return anchorAt(pos, AnchorHref);
|
---|
4848 | }
|
---|
4849 |
|
---|
4850 | /*!
|
---|
4851 | If there is an anchor at position \a pos (in contents
|
---|
4852 | coordinates), the text for attribute \a attr is returned,
|
---|
4853 | otherwise QString::null is returned.
|
---|
4854 | */
|
---|
4855 |
|
---|
4856 | QString QTextEdit::anchorAt( const QPoint& pos, AnchorAttribute attr )
|
---|
4857 | {
|
---|
4858 | QTextCursor c( doc );
|
---|
4859 | placeCursor( pos, &c );
|
---|
4860 | switch(attr) {
|
---|
4861 | case AnchorName:
|
---|
4862 | return c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
|
---|
4863 | case AnchorHref:
|
---|
4864 | return c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
|
---|
4865 | }
|
---|
4866 | // incase the compiler is really dumb about determining if a function
|
---|
4867 | // returns something :)
|
---|
4868 | return QString::null;
|
---|
4869 | }
|
---|
4870 |
|
---|
4871 | void QTextEdit::documentWidthChanged( int w )
|
---|
4872 | {
|
---|
4873 | resizeContents( QMAX( visibleWidth(), w), contentsHeight() );
|
---|
4874 | }
|
---|
4875 |
|
---|
4876 | /*! \internal
|
---|
4877 |
|
---|
4878 | This function does nothing
|
---|
4879 | */
|
---|
4880 |
|
---|
4881 | void QTextEdit::updateStyles()
|
---|
4882 | {
|
---|
4883 | }
|
---|
4884 |
|
---|
4885 | void QTextEdit::setDocument( QTextDocument *dc )
|
---|
4886 | {
|
---|
4887 | if ( dc == doc )
|
---|
4888 | return;
|
---|
4889 | doc = dc;
|
---|
4890 | delete cursor;
|
---|
4891 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
---|
4892 | clearUndoRedo();
|
---|
4893 | undoRedoInfo.doc = doc;
|
---|
4894 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
---|
4895 | }
|
---|
4896 |
|
---|
4897 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
4898 |
|
---|
4899 | /*!
|
---|
4900 | Pastes the text with format \a subtype from the clipboard into the
|
---|
4901 | text edit at the current cursor position. The \a subtype can be
|
---|
4902 | "plain" or "html".
|
---|
4903 |
|
---|
4904 | If there is no text with format \a subtype in the clipboard
|
---|
4905 | nothing happens.
|
---|
4906 |
|
---|
4907 | \sa paste() cut() QTextEdit::copy()
|
---|
4908 | */
|
---|
4909 |
|
---|
4910 | void QTextEdit::pasteSubType( const QCString &subtype )
|
---|
4911 | {
|
---|
4912 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
---|
4913 | QMimeSource *m = QApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode );
|
---|
4914 | pasteSubType( subtype, m );
|
---|
4915 | #endif
|
---|
4916 | }
|
---|
4917 |
|
---|
4918 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
4919 |
|
---|
4920 | void QTextEdit::pasteSubType( const QCString& subtype, QMimeSource *m )
|
---|
4921 | {
|
---|
4922 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
4923 | QCString st = subtype;
|
---|
4924 | if ( subtype != "x-qrichtext" )
|
---|
4925 | st.prepend( "text/" );
|
---|
4926 | else
|
---|
4927 | st.prepend( "application/" );
|
---|
4928 | if ( !m )
|
---|
4929 | return;
|
---|
4930 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) )
|
---|
4931 | removeSelectedText();
|
---|
4932 | if ( !QRichTextDrag::canDecode( m ) )
|
---|
4933 | return;
|
---|
4934 | QString t;
|
---|
4935 | if ( !QRichTextDrag::decode( m, t, st.data(), subtype ) )
|
---|
4936 | return;
|
---|
4937 | if ( st == "application/x-qrichtext" ) {
|
---|
4938 | int start;
|
---|
4939 | if ( (start = t.find( "<!--StartFragment-->" )) != -1 ) {
|
---|
4940 | start += 20;
|
---|
4941 | int end = t.find( "<!--EndFragment-->" );
|
---|
4942 | QTextCursor oldC = *cursor;
|
---|
4943 |
|
---|
4944 | // during the setRichTextInternal() call the cursors
|
---|
4945 | // paragraph might get joined with the provious one, so
|
---|
4946 | // the cursors one would get deleted and oldC.paragraph()
|
---|
4947 | // would be a dnagling pointer. To avoid that try to go
|
---|
4948 | // one letter back and later go one forward again.
|
---|
4949 | oldC.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
---|
4950 | bool couldGoBack = oldC != *cursor;
|
---|
4951 | // first para might get deleted, so remember to reset it
|
---|
4952 | bool wasAtFirst = oldC.paragraph() == doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
4953 |
|
---|
4954 | if ( start < end )
|
---|
4955 | t = t.mid( start, end - start );
|
---|
4956 | else
|
---|
4957 | t = t.mid( start );
|
---|
4958 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
---|
4959 | if ( lastFormatted->prev() )
|
---|
4960 | lastFormatted = lastFormatted->prev();
|
---|
4961 | doc->setRichTextInternal( t, cursor );
|
---|
4962 |
|
---|
4963 | // the first para might have been deleted in
|
---|
4964 | // setRichTextInternal(). To be sure, reset it if
|
---|
4965 | // necessary.
|
---|
4966 | if ( wasAtFirst ) {
|
---|
4967 | int index = oldC.index();
|
---|
4968 | oldC.setParagraph( doc->firstParagraph() );
|
---|
4969 | oldC.setIndex( index );
|
---|
4970 | }
|
---|
4971 |
|
---|
4972 | // if we went back one letter before (see last comment),
|
---|
4973 | // go one forward to point to the right position
|
---|
4974 | if ( couldGoBack )
|
---|
4975 | oldC.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
4976 |
|
---|
4977 | if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
4978 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, oldC );
|
---|
4979 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
---|
4980 |
|
---|
4981 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Insert );
|
---|
4982 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
---|
4983 | undoRedoInfo.id = oldC.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
4984 | undoRedoInfo.index = oldC.index();
|
---|
4985 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
---|
4986 | }
|
---|
4987 | int oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
|
---|
4988 | if ( !doc->preProcessor() ) {
|
---|
4989 | QString txt = doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
4990 | undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
|
---|
4991 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i ) {
|
---|
4992 | if ( txt[ i ] != '\n' && oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format() ) {
|
---|
4993 | oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format()->addRef();
|
---|
4994 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.
|
---|
4995 | setFormat( oldLen + i, oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format(), TRUE );
|
---|
4996 | }
|
---|
4997 | oldC.gotoNextLetter();
|
---|
4998 | }
|
---|
4999 | }
|
---|
5000 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
---|
5001 | removeSelection( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
5002 | }
|
---|
5003 |
|
---|
5004 | formatMore();
|
---|
5005 | setModified();
|
---|
5006 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
5007 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
5008 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
---|
5009 | return;
|
---|
5010 | }
|
---|
5011 | } else {
|
---|
5012 | #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
|
---|
5013 | // Need to convert CRLF to LF
|
---|
5014 | t.replace( "\r\n", "\n" );
|
---|
5015 | #elif defined(Q_OS_MAC)
|
---|
5016 | //need to convert CR to LF
|
---|
5017 | t.replace( '\r', '\n' );
|
---|
5018 | #endif
|
---|
5019 | QChar *uc = (QChar *)t.unicode();
|
---|
5020 | for ( int i=0; (uint) i<t.length(); i++ ) {
|
---|
5021 | if ( uc[ i ] < ' ' && uc[ i ] != '\n' && uc[ i ] != '\t' )
|
---|
5022 | uc[ i ] = ' ';
|
---|
5023 | }
|
---|
5024 | if ( !t.isEmpty() )
|
---|
5025 | insert( t, FALSE, TRUE );
|
---|
5026 | }
|
---|
5027 | #endif //QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
5028 | }
|
---|
5029 |
|
---|
5030 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
---|
5031 | /*!
|
---|
5032 | Prompts the user to choose a type from a list of text types
|
---|
5033 | available, then copies text from the clipboard (if there is any)
|
---|
5034 | into the text edit at the current text cursor position. Any
|
---|
5035 | selected text (in selection 0) is first deleted.
|
---|
5036 | */
|
---|
5037 | void QTextEdit::pasteSpecial( const QPoint& pt )
|
---|
5038 | {
|
---|
5039 | QCString st = pickSpecial( QApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode ),
|
---|
5040 | TRUE, pt );
|
---|
5041 | if ( !st.isEmpty() )
|
---|
5042 | pasteSubType( st );
|
---|
5043 | }
|
---|
5044 | #endif
|
---|
5045 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
5046 | QCString QTextEdit::pickSpecial( QMimeSource* ms, bool always_ask, const QPoint& pt )
|
---|
5047 | {
|
---|
5048 | if ( ms ) {
|
---|
5049 | #ifndef QT_NO_POPUPMENU
|
---|
5050 | QPopupMenu popup( this, "qt_pickspecial_menu" );
|
---|
5051 | QString fmt;
|
---|
5052 | int n = 0;
|
---|
5053 | QDict<void> done;
|
---|
5054 | for (int i = 0; !( fmt = ms->format( i ) ).isNull(); i++) {
|
---|
5055 | int semi = fmt.find( ";" );
|
---|
5056 | if ( semi >= 0 )
|
---|
5057 | fmt = fmt.left( semi );
|
---|
5058 | if ( fmt.left( 5 ) == "text/" ) {
|
---|
5059 | fmt = fmt.mid( 5 );
|
---|
5060 | if ( !done.find( fmt ) ) {
|
---|
5061 | done.insert( fmt,(void*)1 );
|
---|
5062 | popup.insertItem( fmt, i );
|
---|
5063 | n++;
|
---|
5064 | }
|
---|
5065 | }
|
---|
5066 | }
|
---|
5067 | if ( n ) {
|
---|
5068 | int i = n ==1 && !always_ask ? popup.idAt( 0 ) : popup.exec( pt );
|
---|
5069 | if ( i >= 0 )
|
---|
5070 | return popup.text(i).latin1();
|
---|
5071 | }
|
---|
5072 | #else
|
---|
5073 | QString fmt;
|
---|
5074 | for (int i = 0; !( fmt = ms->format( i ) ).isNull(); i++) {
|
---|
5075 | int semi = fmt.find( ";" );
|
---|
5076 | if ( semi >= 0 )
|
---|
5077 | fmt = fmt.left( semi );
|
---|
5078 | if ( fmt.left( 5 ) == "text/" ) {
|
---|
5079 | fmt = fmt.mid( 5 );
|
---|
5080 | return fmt.latin1();
|
---|
5081 | }
|
---|
5082 | }
|
---|
5083 | #endif
|
---|
5084 | }
|
---|
5085 | return QCString();
|
---|
5086 | }
|
---|
5087 | #endif // QT_NO_MIME
|
---|
5088 | #endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
5089 |
|
---|
5090 | /*!
|
---|
5091 | \enum QTextEdit::WordWrap
|
---|
5092 |
|
---|
5093 | This enum defines the QTextEdit's word wrap modes.
|
---|
5094 |
|
---|
5095 | \value NoWrap Do not wrap the text.
|
---|
5096 |
|
---|
5097 | \value WidgetWidth Wrap the text at the current width of the
|
---|
5098 | widget (this is the default). Wrapping is at whitespace by
|
---|
5099 | default; this can be changed with setWrapPolicy().
|
---|
5100 |
|
---|
5101 | \value FixedPixelWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of pixels
|
---|
5102 | from the widget's left side. The number of pixels is set with
|
---|
5103 | wrapColumnOrWidth().
|
---|
5104 |
|
---|
5105 | \value FixedColumnWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of
|
---|
5106 | character columns from the widget's left side. The number of
|
---|
5107 | characters is set with wrapColumnOrWidth(). This is useful if you
|
---|
5108 | need formatted text that can also be displayed gracefully on
|
---|
5109 | devices with monospaced fonts, for example a standard VT100
|
---|
5110 | terminal, where you might set wrapColumnOrWidth() to 80.
|
---|
5111 |
|
---|
5112 | \sa setWordWrap() wordWrap()
|
---|
5113 | */
|
---|
5114 |
|
---|
5115 | /*!
|
---|
5116 | \property QTextEdit::wordWrap
|
---|
5117 | \brief the word wrap mode
|
---|
5118 |
|
---|
5119 | The default mode is \c WidgetWidth which causes words to be
|
---|
5120 | wrapped at the right edge of the text edit. Wrapping occurs at
|
---|
5121 | whitespace, keeping whole words intact. If you want wrapping to
|
---|
5122 | occur within words use setWrapPolicy(). If you set a wrap mode of
|
---|
5123 | \c FixedPixelWidth or \c FixedColumnWidth you should also call
|
---|
5124 | setWrapColumnOrWidth() with the width you want.
|
---|
5125 |
|
---|
5126 | \sa WordWrap, wrapColumnOrWidth, wrapPolicy,
|
---|
5127 | */
|
---|
5128 |
|
---|
5129 | void QTextEdit::setWordWrap( WordWrap mode )
|
---|
5130 | {
|
---|
5131 | if ( wrapMode == mode )
|
---|
5132 | return;
|
---|
5133 | wrapMode = mode;
|
---|
5134 | switch ( mode ) {
|
---|
5135 | case NoWrap:
|
---|
5136 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( FALSE );
|
---|
5137 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
|
---|
5138 | doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
|
---|
5139 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
---|
5140 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
5141 | updateContents();
|
---|
5142 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
5143 | interval = 0;
|
---|
5144 | formatMore();
|
---|
5145 | break;
|
---|
5146 | case WidgetWidth:
|
---|
5147 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
|
---|
5148 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
|
---|
5149 | doResize();
|
---|
5150 | break;
|
---|
5151 | case FixedPixelWidth:
|
---|
5152 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
|
---|
5153 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
|
---|
5154 | if ( wrapWidth < 0 )
|
---|
5155 | wrapWidth = 200;
|
---|
5156 | setWrapColumnOrWidth( wrapWidth );
|
---|
5157 | break;
|
---|
5158 | case FixedColumnWidth:
|
---|
5159 | if ( wrapWidth < 0 )
|
---|
5160 | wrapWidth = 80;
|
---|
5161 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
|
---|
5162 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( wrapWidth );
|
---|
5163 | setWrapColumnOrWidth( wrapWidth );
|
---|
5164 | break;
|
---|
5165 | }
|
---|
5166 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5167 | checkOptimMode();
|
---|
5168 | #endif
|
---|
5169 | }
|
---|
5170 |
|
---|
5171 | QTextEdit::WordWrap QTextEdit::wordWrap() const
|
---|
5172 | {
|
---|
5173 | return wrapMode;
|
---|
5174 | }
|
---|
5175 |
|
---|
5176 | /*!
|
---|
5177 | \property QTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth
|
---|
5178 | \brief the position (in pixels or columns depending on the wrap mode) where text will be wrapped
|
---|
5179 |
|
---|
5180 | If the wrap mode is \c FixedPixelWidth, the value is the number of
|
---|
5181 | pixels from the left edge of the text edit at which text should be
|
---|
5182 | wrapped. If the wrap mode is \c FixedColumnWidth, the value is the
|
---|
5183 | column number (in character columns) from the left edge of the
|
---|
5184 | text edit at which text should be wrapped.
|
---|
5185 |
|
---|
5186 | \sa wordWrap
|
---|
5187 | */
|
---|
5188 | void QTextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth( int value )
|
---|
5189 | {
|
---|
5190 | wrapWidth = value;
|
---|
5191 | if ( wrapMode == FixedColumnWidth ) {
|
---|
5192 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( wrapWidth );
|
---|
5193 | resizeContents( 0, 0 );
|
---|
5194 | doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
|
---|
5195 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
---|
5196 | } else if (wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth ) {
|
---|
5197 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
|
---|
5198 | resizeContents( wrapWidth, 0 );
|
---|
5199 | doc->setWidth( wrapWidth );
|
---|
5200 | doc->setMinimumWidth( wrapWidth );
|
---|
5201 | } else {
|
---|
5202 | return;
|
---|
5203 | }
|
---|
5204 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
5205 | updateContents();
|
---|
5206 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
5207 | interval = 0;
|
---|
5208 | formatMore();
|
---|
5209 | }
|
---|
5210 |
|
---|
5211 | int QTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth() const
|
---|
5212 | {
|
---|
5213 | if ( wrapMode == WidgetWidth )
|
---|
5214 | return visibleWidth();
|
---|
5215 | return wrapWidth;
|
---|
5216 | }
|
---|
5217 |
|
---|
5218 |
|
---|
5219 | /*!
|
---|
5220 | \enum QTextEdit::WrapPolicy
|
---|
5221 |
|
---|
5222 | This enum defines where text can be wrapped in word wrap mode.
|
---|
5223 |
|
---|
5224 | \value AtWhiteSpace Don't use this deprecated value (it is a
|
---|
5225 | synonym for \c AtWordBoundary which you should use instead).
|
---|
5226 | \value Anywhere Break anywhere, including within words.
|
---|
5227 | \value AtWordBoundary Break lines at word boundaries, e.g. spaces or
|
---|
5228 | newlines
|
---|
5229 | \value AtWordOrDocumentBoundary Break lines at whitespace, e.g.
|
---|
5230 | spaces or newlines if possible. Break it anywhere otherwise.
|
---|
5231 |
|
---|
5232 | \sa setWrapPolicy()
|
---|
5233 | */
|
---|
5234 |
|
---|
5235 | /*!
|
---|
5236 | \property QTextEdit::wrapPolicy
|
---|
5237 | \brief the word wrap policy, at whitespace or anywhere
|
---|
5238 |
|
---|
5239 | Defines where text can be wrapped when word wrap mode is not \c
|
---|
5240 | NoWrap. The choices are \c AtWordBoundary (the default), \c
|
---|
5241 | Anywhere and \c AtWordOrDocumentBoundary
|
---|
5242 |
|
---|
5243 | \sa wordWrap
|
---|
5244 | */
|
---|
5245 |
|
---|
5246 | void QTextEdit::setWrapPolicy( WrapPolicy policy )
|
---|
5247 | {
|
---|
5248 | if ( wPolicy == policy )
|
---|
5249 | return;
|
---|
5250 | wPolicy = policy;
|
---|
5251 | QTextFormatter *formatter;
|
---|
5252 | if ( policy == AtWordBoundary || policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary ) {
|
---|
5253 | formatter = new QTextFormatterBreakWords;
|
---|
5254 | formatter->setAllowBreakInWords( policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary );
|
---|
5255 | } else {
|
---|
5256 | formatter = new QTextFormatterBreakInWords;
|
---|
5257 | }
|
---|
5258 | formatter->setWrapAtColumn( document()->formatter()->wrapAtColumn() );
|
---|
5259 | formatter->setWrapEnabled( document()->formatter()->isWrapEnabled( 0 ) );
|
---|
5260 | document()->setFormatter( formatter );
|
---|
5261 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
5262 | updateContents();
|
---|
5263 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
5264 | interval = 0;
|
---|
5265 | formatMore();
|
---|
5266 | }
|
---|
5267 |
|
---|
5268 | QTextEdit::WrapPolicy QTextEdit::wrapPolicy() const
|
---|
5269 | {
|
---|
5270 | return wPolicy;
|
---|
5271 | }
|
---|
5272 |
|
---|
5273 | /*!
|
---|
5274 | Deletes all the text in the text edit.
|
---|
5275 |
|
---|
5276 | \sa cut() removeSelectedText() setText()
|
---|
5277 | */
|
---|
5278 |
|
---|
5279 | void QTextEdit::clear()
|
---|
5280 | {
|
---|
5281 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5282 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
5283 | optimSetText("");
|
---|
5284 | } else
|
---|
5285 | #endif
|
---|
5286 | {
|
---|
5287 | // make clear undoable
|
---|
5288 | doc->selectAll( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
5289 | removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
---|
5290 | setContentsPos( 0, 0 );
|
---|
5291 | if ( cursor->isValid() )
|
---|
5292 | cursor->restoreState();
|
---|
5293 | doc->clear( TRUE );
|
---|
5294 | delete cursor;
|
---|
5295 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
---|
5296 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
---|
5297 | }
|
---|
5298 | updateContents();
|
---|
5299 |
|
---|
5300 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
---|
5301 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
---|
5302 | }
|
---|
5303 |
|
---|
5304 | int QTextEdit::undoDepth() const
|
---|
5305 | {
|
---|
5306 | return document()->undoDepth();
|
---|
5307 | }
|
---|
5308 |
|
---|
5309 | /*!
|
---|
5310 | \property QTextEdit::length
|
---|
5311 | \brief the number of characters in the text
|
---|
5312 | */
|
---|
5313 |
|
---|
5314 | int QTextEdit::length() const
|
---|
5315 | {
|
---|
5316 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5317 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
5318 | return d->od->len;
|
---|
5319 | else
|
---|
5320 | #endif
|
---|
5321 | return document()->length();
|
---|
5322 | }
|
---|
5323 |
|
---|
5324 | /*!
|
---|
5325 | \property QTextEdit::tabStopWidth
|
---|
5326 | \brief the tab stop width in pixels
|
---|
5327 | */
|
---|
5328 |
|
---|
5329 | int QTextEdit::tabStopWidth() const
|
---|
5330 | {
|
---|
5331 | return document()->tabStopWidth();
|
---|
5332 | }
|
---|
5333 |
|
---|
5334 | void QTextEdit::setUndoDepth( int d )
|
---|
5335 | {
|
---|
5336 | document()->setUndoDepth( d );
|
---|
5337 | }
|
---|
5338 |
|
---|
5339 | void QTextEdit::setTabStopWidth( int ts )
|
---|
5340 | {
|
---|
5341 | document()->setTabStops( ts );
|
---|
5342 | doc->invalidate();
|
---|
5343 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
5344 | interval = 0;
|
---|
5345 | formatMore();
|
---|
5346 | updateContents();
|
---|
5347 | }
|
---|
5348 |
|
---|
5349 | /*!
|
---|
5350 | \reimp
|
---|
5351 | */
|
---|
5352 |
|
---|
5353 | QSize QTextEdit::sizeHint() const
|
---|
5354 | {
|
---|
5355 | // cf. QScrollView::sizeHint()
|
---|
5356 | constPolish();
|
---|
5357 | int f = 2 * frameWidth();
|
---|
5358 | int h = fontMetrics().height();
|
---|
5359 | QSize sz( f, f );
|
---|
5360 | return sz.expandedTo( QSize(12 * h, 8 * h) );
|
---|
5361 | }
|
---|
5362 |
|
---|
5363 | void QTextEdit::clearUndoRedo()
|
---|
5364 | {
|
---|
5365 | if ( !undoEnabled )
|
---|
5366 | return;
|
---|
5367 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
---|
5368 | emit undoAvailable( doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() );
|
---|
5369 | emit redoAvailable( doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() );
|
---|
5370 | }
|
---|
5371 |
|
---|
5372 | /*! \internal
|
---|
5373 | \warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
---|
5374 | functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
---|
5375 | function will go away.
|
---|
5376 |
|
---|
5377 | This function gets the format of the character at position \a
|
---|
5378 | index in paragraph \a para. Sets \a font to the character's font, \a
|
---|
5379 | color to the character's color and \a verticalAlignment to the
|
---|
5380 | character's vertical alignment.
|
---|
5381 |
|
---|
5382 | Returns FALSE if \a para or \a index is out of range otherwise
|
---|
5383 | returns TRUE.
|
---|
5384 | */
|
---|
5385 |
|
---|
5386 | bool QTextEdit::getFormat( int para, int index, QFont *font, QColor *color, VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment )
|
---|
5387 | {
|
---|
5388 | if ( !font || !color )
|
---|
5389 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5390 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
5391 | if ( !p )
|
---|
5392 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5393 | if ( index < 0 || index >= p->length() )
|
---|
5394 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5395 | *font = p->at( index )->format()->font();
|
---|
5396 | *color = p->at( index )->format()->color();
|
---|
5397 | *verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at( index )->format()->vAlign();
|
---|
5398 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5399 | }
|
---|
5400 |
|
---|
5401 | /*! \internal
|
---|
5402 | \warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
---|
5403 | functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
---|
5404 | function will go away.
|
---|
5405 |
|
---|
5406 | This function gets the format of the paragraph \a para. Sets \a
|
---|
5407 | font to the paragraphs's font, \a color to the paragraph's color, \a
|
---|
5408 | verticalAlignment to the paragraph's vertical alignment, \a
|
---|
5409 | alignment to the paragraph's alignment, \a displayMode to the
|
---|
5410 | paragraph's display mode, \a listStyle to the paragraph's list style
|
---|
5411 | (if the display mode is QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem) and \a
|
---|
5412 | listDepth to the depth of the list (if the display mode is
|
---|
5413 | QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem).
|
---|
5414 |
|
---|
5415 | Returns FALSE if \a para is out of range otherwise returns TRUE.
|
---|
5416 | */
|
---|
5417 |
|
---|
5418 | bool QTextEdit::getParagraphFormat( int para, QFont *font, QColor *color,
|
---|
5419 | VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment, int *alignment,
|
---|
5420 | QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode *displayMode,
|
---|
5421 | QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle *listStyle,
|
---|
5422 | int *listDepth )
|
---|
5423 | {
|
---|
5424 | if ( !font || !color || !alignment || !displayMode || !listStyle )
|
---|
5425 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5426 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
5427 | if ( !p )
|
---|
5428 | return FALSE;
|
---|
5429 | *font = p->at(0)->format()->font();
|
---|
5430 | *color = p->at(0)->format()->color();
|
---|
5431 | *verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at(0)->format()->vAlign();
|
---|
5432 | *alignment = p->alignment();
|
---|
5433 | *displayMode = p->isListItem() ? QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem : QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock;
|
---|
5434 | *listStyle = p->listStyle();
|
---|
5435 | *listDepth = p->listDepth();
|
---|
5436 | return TRUE;
|
---|
5437 | }
|
---|
5438 |
|
---|
5439 |
|
---|
5440 |
|
---|
5441 | /*!
|
---|
5442 | This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu
|
---|
5443 | at the document position \a pos. If you want to create a custom
|
---|
5444 | popup menu, reimplement this function and return the created popup
|
---|
5445 | menu. Ownership of the popup menu is transferred to the caller.
|
---|
5446 | */
|
---|
5447 |
|
---|
5448 | QPopupMenu *QTextEdit::createPopupMenu( const QPoint& pos )
|
---|
5449 | {
|
---|
5450 | Q_UNUSED( pos )
|
---|
5451 | #ifndef QT_NO_POPUPMENU
|
---|
5452 | QPopupMenu *popup = new QPopupMenu( this, "qt_edit_menu" );
|
---|
5453 | if ( !isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
5454 | d->id[ IdUndo ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Undo" ) + ACCEL_KEY( Z ) );
|
---|
5455 | d->id[ IdRedo ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Redo" ) + ACCEL_KEY( Y ) );
|
---|
5456 | popup->insertSeparator();
|
---|
5457 | }
|
---|
5458 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
5459 | if ( !isReadOnly() )
|
---|
5460 | d->id[ IdCut ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Cu&t" ) + ACCEL_KEY( X ) );
|
---|
5461 | d->id[ IdCopy ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Copy" ) + ACCEL_KEY( C ) );
|
---|
5462 | if ( !isReadOnly() )
|
---|
5463 | d->id[ IdPaste ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Paste" ) + ACCEL_KEY( V ) );
|
---|
5464 | #endif
|
---|
5465 | if ( !isReadOnly() ) {
|
---|
5466 | d->id[ IdClear ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Clear" ) );
|
---|
5467 | popup->insertSeparator();
|
---|
5468 | }
|
---|
5469 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
5470 | d->id[ IdSelectAll ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Select All" ) );
|
---|
5471 | #else
|
---|
5472 | d->id[ IdSelectAll ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Select All" ) + ACCEL_KEY( A ) );
|
---|
5473 | #endif
|
---|
5474 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdUndo ], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() );
|
---|
5475 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdRedo ], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() );
|
---|
5476 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
5477 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCut ], !isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
|
---|
5478 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5479 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCopy ], d->optimMode ? optimHasSelection() : doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
|
---|
5480 | #else
|
---|
5481 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCopy ], doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
|
---|
5482 | #endif
|
---|
5483 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdPaste ], !isReadOnly() && !QApplication::clipboard()->text( d->clipboard_mode ).isEmpty() );
|
---|
5484 | #endif
|
---|
5485 | const bool isEmptyDocument = (length() == 0);
|
---|
5486 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdClear ], !isReadOnly() && !isEmptyDocument );
|
---|
5487 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdSelectAll ], !isEmptyDocument );
|
---|
5488 | return popup;
|
---|
5489 | #else
|
---|
5490 | return 0;
|
---|
5491 | #endif
|
---|
5492 | }
|
---|
5493 |
|
---|
5494 | /*! \overload
|
---|
5495 | \obsolete
|
---|
5496 | This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu.
|
---|
5497 | If you want to create a custom popup menu, reimplement this function
|
---|
5498 | and return the created popup menu. Ownership of the popup menu is
|
---|
5499 | transferred to the caller.
|
---|
5500 |
|
---|
5501 | This function is only called if createPopupMenu( const QPoint & )
|
---|
5502 | returns 0.
|
---|
5503 | */
|
---|
5504 |
|
---|
5505 | QPopupMenu *QTextEdit::createPopupMenu()
|
---|
5506 | {
|
---|
5507 | return 0;
|
---|
5508 | }
|
---|
5509 |
|
---|
5510 | /*!
|
---|
5511 | \reimp
|
---|
5512 | */
|
---|
5513 |
|
---|
5514 | void QTextEdit::setFont( const QFont &f )
|
---|
5515 | {
|
---|
5516 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5517 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
5518 | QScrollView::setFont( f );
|
---|
5519 | doc->setDefaultFormat( f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() );
|
---|
5520 | // recalculate the max string width
|
---|
5521 | QFontMetrics fm(f);
|
---|
5522 | int i, sw;
|
---|
5523 | d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
|
---|
5524 | for ( i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++ ) {
|
---|
5525 | sw = fm.width(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)]);
|
---|
5526 | if (d->od->maxLineWidth < sw)
|
---|
5527 | d->od->maxLineWidth = sw;
|
---|
5528 | }
|
---|
5529 | resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
---|
5530 | return;
|
---|
5531 | }
|
---|
5532 | #endif
|
---|
5533 | QScrollView::setFont( f );
|
---|
5534 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
---|
5535 | doc->setDefaultFormat( f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() );
|
---|
5536 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
---|
5537 | formatMore();
|
---|
5538 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
5539 | }
|
---|
5540 |
|
---|
5541 | /*!
|
---|
5542 | \fn QTextEdit::zoomIn()
|
---|
5543 |
|
---|
5544 | \overload
|
---|
5545 |
|
---|
5546 | Zooms in on the text by by making the base font size one point
|
---|
5547 | larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
---|
5548 | does not change the size of any images.
|
---|
5549 |
|
---|
5550 | \sa zoomOut()
|
---|
5551 | */
|
---|
5552 |
|
---|
5553 | /*!
|
---|
5554 | \fn QTextEdit::zoomOut()
|
---|
5555 |
|
---|
5556 | \overload
|
---|
5557 |
|
---|
5558 | Zooms out on the text by by making the base font size one point
|
---|
5559 | smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
---|
5560 | does not change the size of any images.
|
---|
5561 |
|
---|
5562 | \sa zoomIn()
|
---|
5563 | */
|
---|
5564 |
|
---|
5565 |
|
---|
5566 | /*!
|
---|
5567 | Zooms in on the text by by making the base font size \a range
|
---|
5568 | points larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size.
|
---|
5569 | This does not change the size of any images.
|
---|
5570 |
|
---|
5571 | \sa zoomOut()
|
---|
5572 | */
|
---|
5573 |
|
---|
5574 | void QTextEdit::zoomIn( int range )
|
---|
5575 | {
|
---|
5576 | QFont f( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
5577 | f.setPointSize( QFontInfo(f).pointSize() + range );
|
---|
5578 | setFont( f );
|
---|
5579 | }
|
---|
5580 |
|
---|
5581 | /*!
|
---|
5582 | Zooms out on the text by making the base font size \a range points
|
---|
5583 | smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
---|
5584 | does not change the size of any images.
|
---|
5585 |
|
---|
5586 | \sa zoomIn()
|
---|
5587 | */
|
---|
5588 |
|
---|
5589 | void QTextEdit::zoomOut( int range )
|
---|
5590 | {
|
---|
5591 | QFont f( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
5592 | f.setPointSize( QMAX( 1, QFontInfo(f).pointSize() - range ) );
|
---|
5593 | setFont( f );
|
---|
5594 | }
|
---|
5595 |
|
---|
5596 | /*!
|
---|
5597 | Zooms the text by making the base font size \a size points and
|
---|
5598 | recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This does not
|
---|
5599 | change the size of any images.
|
---|
5600 | */
|
---|
5601 |
|
---|
5602 | void QTextEdit::zoomTo( int size )
|
---|
5603 | {
|
---|
5604 | QFont f( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
5605 | f.setPointSize( size );
|
---|
5606 | setFont( f );
|
---|
5607 | }
|
---|
5608 |
|
---|
5609 | /*!
|
---|
5610 | QTextEdit is optimized for large amounts text. One of its
|
---|
5611 | optimizations is to format only the visible text, formatting the rest
|
---|
5612 | on demand, e.g. as the user scrolls, so you don't usually need to
|
---|
5613 | call this function.
|
---|
5614 |
|
---|
5615 | In some situations you may want to force the whole text
|
---|
5616 | to be formatted. For example, if after calling setText(), you wanted
|
---|
5617 | to know the height of the document (using contentsHeight()), you
|
---|
5618 | would call this function first.
|
---|
5619 | */
|
---|
5620 |
|
---|
5621 | void QTextEdit::sync()
|
---|
5622 | {
|
---|
5623 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5624 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
5625 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
5626 | resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
|
---|
5627 | } else
|
---|
5628 | #endif
|
---|
5629 | {
|
---|
5630 | while ( lastFormatted ) {
|
---|
5631 | lastFormatted->format();
|
---|
5632 | lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
|
---|
5633 | }
|
---|
5634 | resizeContents( contentsWidth(), doc->height() );
|
---|
5635 | }
|
---|
5636 | updateScrollBars();
|
---|
5637 | }
|
---|
5638 |
|
---|
5639 | /*!
|
---|
5640 | \reimp
|
---|
5641 | */
|
---|
5642 |
|
---|
5643 | void QTextEdit::setEnabled( bool b )
|
---|
5644 | {
|
---|
5645 | QScrollView::setEnabled( b );
|
---|
5646 | if ( textFormat() == PlainText ) {
|
---|
5647 | QTextFormat *f = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
|
---|
5648 | f->setColor( colorGroup().text() );
|
---|
5649 | updateContents();
|
---|
5650 | }
|
---|
5651 | }
|
---|
5652 |
|
---|
5653 | /*!
|
---|
5654 | Sets the background color of selection number \a selNum to \a back
|
---|
5655 | and specifies whether the text of this selection should be
|
---|
5656 | inverted with \a invertText.
|
---|
5657 |
|
---|
5658 | This only works for \a selNum > 0. The default selection (\a
|
---|
5659 | selNum == 0) gets its attributes from the text edit's
|
---|
5660 | colorGroup().
|
---|
5661 | */
|
---|
5662 |
|
---|
5663 | void QTextEdit::setSelectionAttributes( int selNum, const QColor &back, bool invertText )
|
---|
5664 | {
|
---|
5665 | if ( selNum < 1 )
|
---|
5666 | return;
|
---|
5667 | if ( selNum > doc->numSelections() )
|
---|
5668 | doc->addSelection( selNum );
|
---|
5669 | doc->setSelectionColor( selNum, back );
|
---|
5670 | doc->setInvertSelectionText( selNum, invertText );
|
---|
5671 | }
|
---|
5672 |
|
---|
5673 | /*!
|
---|
5674 | \reimp
|
---|
5675 | */
|
---|
5676 | void QTextEdit::windowActivationChange( bool oldActive )
|
---|
5677 | {
|
---|
5678 | if ( oldActive && scrollTimer )
|
---|
5679 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
---|
5680 | if ( palette().active() != palette().inactive() )
|
---|
5681 | updateContents();
|
---|
5682 | QScrollView::windowActivationChange( oldActive );
|
---|
5683 | }
|
---|
5684 |
|
---|
5685 | void QTextEdit::setReadOnly( bool b )
|
---|
5686 | {
|
---|
5687 | if ( readonly == b )
|
---|
5688 | return;
|
---|
5689 | readonly = b;
|
---|
5690 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
5691 | if ( readonly )
|
---|
5692 | viewport()->setCursor( arrowCursor );
|
---|
5693 | else
|
---|
5694 | viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
|
---|
5695 | setInputMethodEnabled( !readonly );
|
---|
5696 | #endif
|
---|
5697 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5698 | checkOptimMode();
|
---|
5699 | #endif
|
---|
5700 | }
|
---|
5701 |
|
---|
5702 | /*!
|
---|
5703 | Scrolls to the bottom of the document and does formatting if
|
---|
5704 | required.
|
---|
5705 | */
|
---|
5706 |
|
---|
5707 | void QTextEdit::scrollToBottom()
|
---|
5708 | {
|
---|
5709 | sync();
|
---|
5710 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() );
|
---|
5711 | }
|
---|
5712 |
|
---|
5713 | /*!
|
---|
5714 | Returns the rectangle of the paragraph \a para in contents
|
---|
5715 | coordinates, or an invalid rectangle if \a para is out of range.
|
---|
5716 | */
|
---|
5717 |
|
---|
5718 | QRect QTextEdit::paragraphRect( int para ) const
|
---|
5719 | {
|
---|
5720 | QTextEdit *that = (QTextEdit *)this;
|
---|
5721 | that->sync();
|
---|
5722 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
5723 | if ( !p )
|
---|
5724 | return QRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
|
---|
5725 | return p->rect();
|
---|
5726 | }
|
---|
5727 |
|
---|
5728 | /*!
|
---|
5729 | Returns the paragraph which is at position \a pos (in contents
|
---|
5730 | coordinates).
|
---|
5731 | */
|
---|
5732 |
|
---|
5733 | int QTextEdit::paragraphAt( const QPoint &pos ) const
|
---|
5734 | {
|
---|
5735 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5736 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
5737 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
5738 | int parag = pos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
5739 | if ( parag <= d->od->numLines )
|
---|
5740 | return parag;
|
---|
5741 | else
|
---|
5742 | return 0;
|
---|
5743 | }
|
---|
5744 | #endif
|
---|
5745 | QTextCursor c( doc );
|
---|
5746 | c.place( pos, doc->firstParagraph() );
|
---|
5747 | if ( c.paragraph() )
|
---|
5748 | return c.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
5749 | return -1; // should never happen..
|
---|
5750 | }
|
---|
5751 |
|
---|
5752 | /*!
|
---|
5753 | Returns the index of the character (relative to its paragraph) at
|
---|
5754 | position \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a para is not 0,
|
---|
5755 | \a *para is set to the character's paragraph.
|
---|
5756 | */
|
---|
5757 |
|
---|
5758 | int QTextEdit::charAt( const QPoint &pos, int *para ) const
|
---|
5759 | {
|
---|
5760 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5761 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
5762 | int par = paragraphAt( pos );
|
---|
5763 | if ( para )
|
---|
5764 | *para = par;
|
---|
5765 | return optimCharIndex( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(par) ], pos.x() );
|
---|
5766 | }
|
---|
5767 | #endif
|
---|
5768 | QTextCursor c( doc );
|
---|
5769 | c.place( pos, doc->firstParagraph() );
|
---|
5770 | if ( c.paragraph() ) {
|
---|
5771 | if ( para )
|
---|
5772 | *para = c.paragraph()->paragId();
|
---|
5773 | return c.index();
|
---|
5774 | }
|
---|
5775 | return -1; // should never happen..
|
---|
5776 | }
|
---|
5777 |
|
---|
5778 | /*!
|
---|
5779 | Sets the background color of the paragraph \a para to \a bg.
|
---|
5780 | */
|
---|
5781 |
|
---|
5782 | void QTextEdit::setParagraphBackgroundColor( int para, const QColor &bg )
|
---|
5783 | {
|
---|
5784 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
5785 | if ( !p )
|
---|
5786 | return;
|
---|
5787 | p->setBackgroundColor( bg );
|
---|
5788 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
5789 | }
|
---|
5790 |
|
---|
5791 | /*!
|
---|
5792 | Clears the background color of the paragraph \a para, so that the
|
---|
5793 | default color is used again.
|
---|
5794 | */
|
---|
5795 |
|
---|
5796 | void QTextEdit::clearParagraphBackground( int para )
|
---|
5797 | {
|
---|
5798 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
5799 | if ( !p )
|
---|
5800 | return;
|
---|
5801 | p->clearBackgroundColor();
|
---|
5802 | repaintChanged();
|
---|
5803 | }
|
---|
5804 |
|
---|
5805 | /*!
|
---|
5806 | Returns the background color of the paragraph \a para or an
|
---|
5807 | invalid color if \a para is out of range or the paragraph has no
|
---|
5808 | background set
|
---|
5809 | */
|
---|
5810 |
|
---|
5811 | QColor QTextEdit::paragraphBackgroundColor( int para ) const
|
---|
5812 | {
|
---|
5813 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
---|
5814 | if ( !p )
|
---|
5815 | return QColor();
|
---|
5816 | QColor *c = p->backgroundColor();
|
---|
5817 | if ( c )
|
---|
5818 | return *c;
|
---|
5819 | return QColor();
|
---|
5820 | }
|
---|
5821 |
|
---|
5822 | /*!
|
---|
5823 | \property QTextEdit::undoRedoEnabled
|
---|
5824 | \brief whether undo/redo is enabled
|
---|
5825 |
|
---|
5826 | When changing this property, the undo/redo history is cleared.
|
---|
5827 |
|
---|
5828 | The default is TRUE.
|
---|
5829 | */
|
---|
5830 |
|
---|
5831 | void QTextEdit::setUndoRedoEnabled( bool b )
|
---|
5832 | {
|
---|
5833 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
---|
5834 | doc->commands()->clear();
|
---|
5835 |
|
---|
5836 | undoEnabled = b;
|
---|
5837 | }
|
---|
5838 |
|
---|
5839 | bool QTextEdit::isUndoRedoEnabled() const
|
---|
5840 | {
|
---|
5841 | return undoEnabled;
|
---|
5842 | }
|
---|
5843 |
|
---|
5844 | /*!
|
---|
5845 | Returns TRUE if undo is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
5846 | */
|
---|
5847 |
|
---|
5848 | bool QTextEdit::isUndoAvailable() const
|
---|
5849 | {
|
---|
5850 | return undoEnabled && (doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || undoRedoInfo.valid());
|
---|
5851 | }
|
---|
5852 |
|
---|
5853 | /*!
|
---|
5854 | Returns TRUE if redo is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
5855 | */
|
---|
5856 |
|
---|
5857 | bool QTextEdit::isRedoAvailable() const
|
---|
5858 | {
|
---|
5859 | return undoEnabled && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable();
|
---|
5860 | }
|
---|
5861 |
|
---|
5862 | void QTextEdit::ensureFormatted( QTextParagraph *p )
|
---|
5863 | {
|
---|
5864 | while ( !p->isValid() ) {
|
---|
5865 | if ( !lastFormatted )
|
---|
5866 | return;
|
---|
5867 | formatMore();
|
---|
5868 | }
|
---|
5869 | }
|
---|
5870 |
|
---|
5871 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
5872 | void QTextEdit::updateCursor( const QPoint & pos )
|
---|
5873 | {
|
---|
5874 | if ( isReadOnly() && linksEnabled() ) {
|
---|
5875 | QTextCursor c = *cursor;
|
---|
5876 | placeCursor( pos, &c, TRUE );
|
---|
5877 |
|
---|
5878 | #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
---|
5879 | bool insideParagRect = TRUE;
|
---|
5880 | if (c.paragraph() == doc->lastParagraph()
|
---|
5881 | && c.paragraph()->rect().y() + c.paragraph()->rect().height() < pos.y())
|
---|
5882 | insideParagRect = FALSE;
|
---|
5883 | if (insideParagRect && c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at( c.index() ) &&
|
---|
5884 | c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->isAnchor()) {
|
---|
5885 | if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref().isEmpty()
|
---|
5886 | && c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1 )
|
---|
5887 | onLink = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
|
---|
5888 | else
|
---|
5889 | onLink = QString::null;
|
---|
5890 |
|
---|
5891 | if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName().isEmpty()
|
---|
5892 | && c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1 )
|
---|
5893 | d->onName = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
|
---|
5894 | else
|
---|
5895 | d->onName = QString::null;
|
---|
5896 |
|
---|
5897 | if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref().isEmpty() ) {
|
---|
5898 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
5899 | viewport()->setCursor( onLink.isEmpty() ? arrowCursor : pointingHandCursor );
|
---|
5900 | #endif
|
---|
5901 | QUrl u( doc->context(), onLink, TRUE );
|
---|
5902 | emitHighlighted( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
|
---|
5903 | }
|
---|
5904 | } else {
|
---|
5905 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
---|
5906 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
---|
5907 | #endif
|
---|
5908 | onLink = QString::null;
|
---|
5909 | emitHighlighted( QString::null );
|
---|
5910 | }
|
---|
5911 | #endif
|
---|
5912 | }
|
---|
5913 | }
|
---|
5914 |
|
---|
5915 | /*!
|
---|
5916 | Places the cursor \a c at the character which is closest to position
|
---|
5917 | \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a c is 0, the default text
|
---|
5918 | cursor is used.
|
---|
5919 |
|
---|
5920 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
---|
5921 | */
|
---|
5922 | void QTextEdit::placeCursor( const QPoint &pos, QTextCursor *c )
|
---|
5923 | {
|
---|
5924 | placeCursor( pos, c, FALSE );
|
---|
5925 | }
|
---|
5926 |
|
---|
5927 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
5928 | void QTextEdit::clipboardChanged()
|
---|
5929 | {
|
---|
5930 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
---|
5931 | // don't listen to selection changes
|
---|
5932 | disconnect( QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
---|
5933 | #endif
|
---|
5934 | selectAll(FALSE);
|
---|
5935 | }
|
---|
5936 |
|
---|
5937 | /*! \property QTextEdit::tabChangesFocus
|
---|
5938 | \brief whether TAB changes focus or is accepted as input
|
---|
5939 |
|
---|
5940 | In some occasions text edits should not allow the user to input
|
---|
5941 | tabulators or change indentation using the TAB key, as this breaks
|
---|
5942 | the focus chain. The default is FALSE.
|
---|
5943 |
|
---|
5944 | */
|
---|
5945 |
|
---|
5946 | void QTextEdit::setTabChangesFocus( bool b )
|
---|
5947 | {
|
---|
5948 | d->tabChangesFocus = b;
|
---|
5949 | }
|
---|
5950 |
|
---|
5951 | bool QTextEdit::tabChangesFocus() const
|
---|
5952 | {
|
---|
5953 | return d->tabChangesFocus;
|
---|
5954 | }
|
---|
5955 |
|
---|
5956 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
5957 | /* Implementation of optimized LogText mode follows */
|
---|
5958 |
|
---|
5959 | static void qSwap( int * a, int * b )
|
---|
5960 | {
|
---|
5961 | if ( !a || !b )
|
---|
5962 | return;
|
---|
5963 | int tmp = *a;
|
---|
5964 | *a = *b;
|
---|
5965 | *b = tmp;
|
---|
5966 | }
|
---|
5967 |
|
---|
5968 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
5969 | bool QTextEdit::checkOptimMode()
|
---|
5970 | {
|
---|
5971 | bool oldMode = d->optimMode;
|
---|
5972 | if ( textFormat() == LogText ) {
|
---|
5973 | setReadOnly( TRUE );
|
---|
5974 | d->optimMode = TRUE;
|
---|
5975 | } else {
|
---|
5976 | d->optimMode = FALSE;
|
---|
5977 | }
|
---|
5978 |
|
---|
5979 | // when changing mode - try to keep selections and text
|
---|
5980 | if ( oldMode != d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
5981 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
---|
5982 | d->od = new QTextEditOptimPrivate;
|
---|
5983 | connect( scrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( optimDoAutoScroll() ) );
|
---|
5984 | disconnect( doc, SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ), this, SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
|
---|
5985 | disconnect( scrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
|
---|
5986 | disconnect( formatTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( formatMore() ) );
|
---|
5987 | optimSetText( doc->originalText() );
|
---|
5988 | doc->clear(TRUE);
|
---|
5989 | delete cursor;
|
---|
5990 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
---|
5991 | } else {
|
---|
5992 | disconnect( scrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( optimDoAutoScroll() ) );
|
---|
5993 | connect( doc, SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ), this, SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
|
---|
5994 | connect( scrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
|
---|
5995 | connect( formatTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( formatMore() ) );
|
---|
5996 | setText( optimText() );
|
---|
5997 | delete d->od;
|
---|
5998 | d->od = 0;
|
---|
5999 | }
|
---|
6000 | }
|
---|
6001 | return d->optimMode;
|
---|
6002 | }
|
---|
6003 |
|
---|
6004 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6005 | QString QTextEdit::optimText() const
|
---|
6006 | {
|
---|
6007 | QString str, tmp;
|
---|
6008 |
|
---|
6009 | if ( d->od->len == 0 )
|
---|
6010 | return str;
|
---|
6011 |
|
---|
6012 | // concatenate all strings
|
---|
6013 | int i;
|
---|
6014 | int offset;
|
---|
6015 | QMapConstIterator<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
|
---|
6016 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
|
---|
6017 | for ( i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++ ) {
|
---|
6018 | if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].isEmpty() ) { // CR lines are empty
|
---|
6019 | str += "\n";
|
---|
6020 | } else {
|
---|
6021 | tmp = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n";
|
---|
6022 | // inject the tags for this line
|
---|
6023 | if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(i) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
|
---|
6024 | ftag = it.data();
|
---|
6025 | offset = 0;
|
---|
6026 | while ( ftag && ftag->line == i ) {
|
---|
6027 | tmp.insert( ftag->index + offset, "<" + ftag->tag + ">" );
|
---|
6028 | offset += ftag->tag.length() + 2; // 2 -> the '<' and '>' chars
|
---|
6029 | ftag = ftag->next;
|
---|
6030 | }
|
---|
6031 | str += tmp;
|
---|
6032 | }
|
---|
6033 | }
|
---|
6034 | return str;
|
---|
6035 | }
|
---|
6036 |
|
---|
6037 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6038 | void QTextEdit::optimSetText( const QString &str )
|
---|
6039 | {
|
---|
6040 | optimRemoveSelection();
|
---|
6041 | // this is just too slow - but may have to go in due to compatibility reasons
|
---|
6042 | // if ( str == optimText() )
|
---|
6043 | // return;
|
---|
6044 | d->od->numLines = 0;
|
---|
6045 | d->od->lines.clear();
|
---|
6046 | d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
|
---|
6047 | d->od->len = 0;
|
---|
6048 | d->od->clearTags();
|
---|
6049 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
6050 | if ( !(str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0) ) {
|
---|
6051 | QStringList strl = QStringList::split( '\n', str, TRUE );
|
---|
6052 | int lWidth = 0;
|
---|
6053 | for ( QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin(); it != strl.end(); ++it ) {
|
---|
6054 | optimParseTags( &*it );
|
---|
6055 | optimCheckLimit( *it );
|
---|
6056 | lWidth = fm.width( *it );
|
---|
6057 | if ( lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth )
|
---|
6058 | d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
---|
6059 | }
|
---|
6060 | }
|
---|
6061 | resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
|
---|
6062 | repaintContents();
|
---|
6063 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
6064 | }
|
---|
6065 |
|
---|
6066 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6067 |
|
---|
6068 | Append \a tag to the tag list.
|
---|
6069 | */
|
---|
6070 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * QTextEdit::optimAppendTag( int index, const QString & tag )
|
---|
6071 | {
|
---|
6072 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * t = new QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, * tmp;
|
---|
6073 |
|
---|
6074 | if ( d->od->tags == 0 )
|
---|
6075 | d->od->tags = t;
|
---|
6076 | t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = FALSE;
|
---|
6077 | t->line = d->od->numLines;
|
---|
6078 | t->index = index;
|
---|
6079 | t->tag = tag;
|
---|
6080 | t->leftTag = 0;
|
---|
6081 | t->parent = 0;
|
---|
6082 | t->prev = d->od->lastTag;
|
---|
6083 | if ( d->od->lastTag )
|
---|
6084 | d->od->lastTag->next = t;
|
---|
6085 | t->next = 0;
|
---|
6086 | d->od->lastTag = t;
|
---|
6087 | tmp = d->od->tagIndex[ LOGOFFSET(t->line) ];
|
---|
6088 | if ( !tmp || (tmp && tmp->index > t->index) ) {
|
---|
6089 | d->od->tagIndex.replace( LOGOFFSET(t->line), t );
|
---|
6090 | }
|
---|
6091 | return t;
|
---|
6092 | }
|
---|
6093 |
|
---|
6094 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6095 |
|
---|
6096 | Insert \a tag in the tag - according to line and index numbers
|
---|
6097 | */
|
---|
6098 |
|
---|
6099 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *QTextEdit::optimInsertTag(int line, int index, const QString &tag)
|
---|
6100 | {
|
---|
6101 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = new QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, *tmp;
|
---|
6102 |
|
---|
6103 | if (d->od->tags == 0)
|
---|
6104 | d->od->tags = t;
|
---|
6105 | t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = FALSE;
|
---|
6106 | t->line = line;
|
---|
6107 | t->index = index;
|
---|
6108 | t->tag = tag;
|
---|
6109 | t->leftTag = 0;
|
---|
6110 | t->parent = 0;
|
---|
6111 | t->next = 0;
|
---|
6112 | t->prev = 0;
|
---|
6113 |
|
---|
6114 | // find insertion pt. in tag struct.
|
---|
6115 | QMap<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
---|
6116 | if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
|
---|
6117 | tmp = *it;
|
---|
6118 | if (tmp->index >= index) { // the exisiting tag may be placed AFTER the one we want to insert
|
---|
6119 | tmp = tmp->prev;
|
---|
6120 | } else {
|
---|
6121 | while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line == line && tmp->next->index <= index)
|
---|
6122 | tmp = tmp->next;
|
---|
6123 | }
|
---|
6124 | } else {
|
---|
6125 | tmp = d->od->tags;
|
---|
6126 | while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line < line)
|
---|
6127 | tmp = tmp->next;
|
---|
6128 | if (tmp == d->od->tags)
|
---|
6129 | tmp = 0;
|
---|
6130 | }
|
---|
6131 |
|
---|
6132 | t->prev = tmp;
|
---|
6133 | t->next = tmp ? tmp->next : 0;
|
---|
6134 | if (t->next)
|
---|
6135 | t->next->prev = t;
|
---|
6136 | if (tmp)
|
---|
6137 | tmp->next = t;
|
---|
6138 |
|
---|
6139 | tmp = d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(t->line)];
|
---|
6140 | if (!tmp || (tmp && tmp->index >= t->index)) {
|
---|
6141 | d->od->tagIndex.replace(LOGOFFSET(t->line), t);
|
---|
6142 | }
|
---|
6143 | return t;
|
---|
6144 | }
|
---|
6145 |
|
---|
6146 |
|
---|
6147 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6148 |
|
---|
6149 | Find tags in \a line, remove them from \a line and put them in a
|
---|
6150 | structure.
|
---|
6151 |
|
---|
6152 | A tag is delimited by '<' and '>'. The characters '<', '>' and '&'
|
---|
6153 | are escaped by using '<', '>' and '&'. Left-tags marks
|
---|
6154 | the starting point for formatting, while right-tags mark the ending
|
---|
6155 | point. A right-tag is the same as a left-tag, but with a '/'
|
---|
6156 | appearing before the tag keyword. E.g a valid left-tag: <b>, and
|
---|
6157 | a valid right-tag: </b>. Tags can be nested, but they have to be
|
---|
6158 | closed in the same order as they are opened. E.g:
|
---|
6159 | <font color=red><font color=blue>blue</font>red</font> - is valid, while:
|
---|
6160 | <font color=red><b>bold red</font> just bold</b> - is invalid since the font tag is
|
---|
6161 | closed before the bold tag. Note that a tag does not have to be
|
---|
6162 | closed: '<font color=blue>Lots of text - and then some..' is perfectly valid for
|
---|
6163 | setting all text appearing after the tag to blue. A tag can be used
|
---|
6164 | to change the color of a piece of text, or set one of the following
|
---|
6165 | formatting attributes: bold, italic and underline. These attributes
|
---|
6166 | are set using the <b>, <i> and <u> tags. Example of valid tags:
|
---|
6167 | <font color=red>, </font>, <b>, <u>, <i>, </i>.
|
---|
6168 | Example of valid text:
|
---|
6169 | This is some <font color=red>red text</font>, while this is some <font color=green>green
|
---|
6170 | text</font>. <font color=blue><font color=yellow>This is yellow</font>, while this is
|
---|
6171 | blue.</font>
|
---|
6172 |
|
---|
6173 | Note that only the color attribute of the HTML font tag is supported.
|
---|
6174 |
|
---|
6175 | Limitations:
|
---|
6176 | 1. A tag cannot span several lines.
|
---|
6177 | 2. Very limited error checking - mismatching left/right-tags is the
|
---|
6178 | only thing that is detected.
|
---|
6179 |
|
---|
6180 | */
|
---|
6181 | void QTextEdit::optimParseTags( QString * line, int lineNo, int indexOffset )
|
---|
6182 | {
|
---|
6183 | int len = line->length();
|
---|
6184 | int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
|
---|
6185 | int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
|
---|
6186 | bool tagOpen, tagClose;
|
---|
6187 | int bold = 0, italic = 0, underline = 0;
|
---|
6188 | QString tagStr;
|
---|
6189 | QPtrStack<QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag> tagStack;
|
---|
6190 |
|
---|
6191 | for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
|
---|
6192 | tagOpen = (*line)[i] == '<';
|
---|
6193 | tagClose = (*line)[i] == '>';
|
---|
6194 |
|
---|
6195 | // handle '<' and '>' and '&'
|
---|
6196 | if ( (*line)[i] == '&' ) {
|
---|
6197 | escIndex = i;
|
---|
6198 | continue;
|
---|
6199 | } else if ( escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == ';' ) {
|
---|
6200 | QString esc = line->mid( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1 );
|
---|
6201 | QString c;
|
---|
6202 | if ( esc == "<" )
|
---|
6203 | c = '<';
|
---|
6204 | else if ( esc == ">" )
|
---|
6205 | c = '>';
|
---|
6206 | else if ( esc == "&" )
|
---|
6207 | c = '&';
|
---|
6208 | line->replace( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c );
|
---|
6209 | len = line->length();
|
---|
6210 | i -= i-escIndex;
|
---|
6211 | escIndex = -1;
|
---|
6212 | continue;
|
---|
6213 | }
|
---|
6214 |
|
---|
6215 | if ( state == 0 && tagOpen ) {
|
---|
6216 | state = 1;
|
---|
6217 | startIndex = i;
|
---|
6218 | continue;
|
---|
6219 | }
|
---|
6220 | if ( state == 1 && tagClose ) {
|
---|
6221 | state = 0;
|
---|
6222 | endIndex = i;
|
---|
6223 | if ( !tagStr.isEmpty() ) {
|
---|
6224 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag, * cur, * tmp;
|
---|
6225 | bool format = TRUE;
|
---|
6226 |
|
---|
6227 | if ( tagStr == "b" )
|
---|
6228 | bold++;
|
---|
6229 | else if ( tagStr == "/b" )
|
---|
6230 | bold--;
|
---|
6231 | else if ( tagStr == "i" )
|
---|
6232 | italic++;
|
---|
6233 | else if ( tagStr == "/i" )
|
---|
6234 | italic--;
|
---|
6235 | else if ( tagStr == "u" )
|
---|
6236 | underline++;
|
---|
6237 | else if ( tagStr == "/u" )
|
---|
6238 | underline--;
|
---|
6239 | else
|
---|
6240 | format = FALSE;
|
---|
6241 | if ( lineNo > -1 )
|
---|
6242 | tag = optimInsertTag( lineNo, startIndex + indexOffset, tagStr );
|
---|
6243 | else
|
---|
6244 | tag = optimAppendTag( startIndex, tagStr );
|
---|
6245 | // everything that is not a b, u or i tag is considered
|
---|
6246 | // to be a color tag.
|
---|
6247 | tag->type = format ? QTextEditOptimPrivate::Format
|
---|
6248 | : QTextEditOptimPrivate::Color;
|
---|
6249 | if ( tagStr[0] == '/' ) {
|
---|
6250 | // this is a right-tag - search for the left-tag
|
---|
6251 | // and possible parent tag
|
---|
6252 | cur = tag->prev;
|
---|
6253 | if ( !cur ) {
|
---|
6254 | #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
|
---|
6255 | qWarning( "QTextEdit::optimParseTags: no left-tag for '<" + tag->tag + ">' in line %d.", tag->line + 1 );
|
---|
6256 | #endif
|
---|
6257 | return; // something is wrong - give up
|
---|
6258 | }
|
---|
6259 | while ( cur ) {
|
---|
6260 | if ( cur->leftTag ) { // push right-tags encountered
|
---|
6261 | tagStack.push( cur );
|
---|
6262 | } else {
|
---|
6263 | tmp = tagStack.pop();
|
---|
6264 | if ( !tmp ) {
|
---|
6265 | if ( (("/" + cur->tag) == tag->tag) ||
|
---|
6266 | (tag->tag == "/font" && cur->tag.left(4) == "font") ) {
|
---|
6267 | // set up the left and parent of this tag
|
---|
6268 | tag->leftTag = cur;
|
---|
6269 | tmp = cur->prev;
|
---|
6270 | if ( tmp && tmp->parent ) {
|
---|
6271 | tag->parent = tmp->parent;
|
---|
6272 | } else if ( tmp && !tmp->leftTag ) {
|
---|
6273 | tag->parent = tmp;
|
---|
6274 | }
|
---|
6275 | break;
|
---|
6276 | } else if ( !cur->leftTag ) {
|
---|
6277 | #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
|
---|
6278 | qWarning( "QTextEdit::optimParseTags: mismatching %s-tag for '<" + cur->tag + ">' in line %d.", cur->tag[0] == '/' ? "left" : "right", cur->line + 1 );
|
---|
6279 | #endif
|
---|
6280 | return; // something is amiss - give up
|
---|
6281 | }
|
---|
6282 | }
|
---|
6283 | }
|
---|
6284 | cur = cur->prev;
|
---|
6285 | }
|
---|
6286 | } else {
|
---|
6287 | tag->bold = bold > 0;
|
---|
6288 | tag->italic = italic > 0;
|
---|
6289 | tag->underline = underline > 0;
|
---|
6290 | tmp = tag->prev;
|
---|
6291 | while ( tmp && tmp->leftTag ) {
|
---|
6292 | tmp = tmp->leftTag->parent;
|
---|
6293 | }
|
---|
6294 | if ( tmp ) {
|
---|
6295 | tag->bold |= tmp->bold;
|
---|
6296 | tag->italic |= tmp->italic;
|
---|
6297 | tag->underline |= tmp->underline;
|
---|
6298 | }
|
---|
6299 | }
|
---|
6300 | }
|
---|
6301 | if ( startIndex != -1 ) {
|
---|
6302 | int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
|
---|
6303 | line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
|
---|
6304 | line->remove( startIndex, l+1 );
|
---|
6305 | len = line->length();
|
---|
6306 | i -= l+1;
|
---|
6307 | }
|
---|
6308 | tagStr = "";
|
---|
6309 | continue;
|
---|
6310 | }
|
---|
6311 |
|
---|
6312 | if ( state == 1 ) {
|
---|
6313 | tagStr += (*line)[i];
|
---|
6314 | }
|
---|
6315 | }
|
---|
6316 | }
|
---|
6317 |
|
---|
6318 | // calculate the width of a string in pixels inc. tabs
|
---|
6319 | static int qStrWidth(const QString& str, int tabWidth, const QFontMetrics& fm)
|
---|
6320 | {
|
---|
6321 | int tabs = str.contains('\t');
|
---|
6322 |
|
---|
6323 | if (!tabs)
|
---|
6324 | return fm.width(str);
|
---|
6325 |
|
---|
6326 | int newIdx = 0;
|
---|
6327 | int lastIdx = 0;
|
---|
6328 | int strWidth = 0;
|
---|
6329 | int tn;
|
---|
6330 | for (tn = 1; tn <= tabs; ++tn) {
|
---|
6331 | newIdx = str.find('\t', newIdx);
|
---|
6332 | strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(lastIdx, newIdx - lastIdx));
|
---|
6333 | if (strWidth >= tn * tabWidth) {
|
---|
6334 | int u = tn;
|
---|
6335 | while (strWidth >= u * tabWidth)
|
---|
6336 | ++u;
|
---|
6337 | strWidth = u * tabWidth;
|
---|
6338 | } else {
|
---|
6339 | strWidth = tn * tabWidth;
|
---|
6340 | }
|
---|
6341 | lastIdx = ++newIdx;
|
---|
6342 | }
|
---|
6343 | if ((int)str.length() > newIdx)
|
---|
6344 | strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(newIdx));
|
---|
6345 | return strWidth;
|
---|
6346 | }
|
---|
6347 |
|
---|
6348 | bool QTextEdit::optimHasBoldMetrics(int line)
|
---|
6349 | {
|
---|
6350 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t;
|
---|
6351 | QMapConstIterator<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
|
---|
6352 | if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.find(line)) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
|
---|
6353 | t = *it;
|
---|
6354 | while (t && t->line == line) {
|
---|
6355 | if (t->bold)
|
---|
6356 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6357 | t = t->next;
|
---|
6358 | }
|
---|
6359 | } else if ((t = optimPreviousLeftTag(line)) && t->bold) {
|
---|
6360 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6361 | }
|
---|
6362 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6363 | }
|
---|
6364 |
|
---|
6365 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6366 |
|
---|
6367 | Append \a str to the current text buffer. Parses each line to find
|
---|
6368 | formatting tags.
|
---|
6369 | */
|
---|
6370 | void QTextEdit::optimAppend( const QString &str )
|
---|
6371 | {
|
---|
6372 | if ( str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0 )
|
---|
6373 | return;
|
---|
6374 |
|
---|
6375 | QStringList strl = QStringList::split( '\n', str, TRUE );
|
---|
6376 | QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
|
---|
6377 |
|
---|
6378 | QFontMetrics fm(QScrollView::font());
|
---|
6379 | int lWidth = 0;
|
---|
6380 |
|
---|
6381 | for ( ; it != strl.end(); ++it ) {
|
---|
6382 | optimParseTags( &*it );
|
---|
6383 | optimCheckLimit( *it );
|
---|
6384 | if (optimHasBoldMetrics(d->od->numLines-1)) {
|
---|
6385 | QFont fnt = QScrollView::font();
|
---|
6386 | fnt.setBold(TRUE);
|
---|
6387 | fm = QFontMetrics(fnt);
|
---|
6388 | }
|
---|
6389 | lWidth = qStrWidth(*it, tabStopWidth(), fm) + 4;
|
---|
6390 | if ( lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth )
|
---|
6391 | d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
---|
6392 | }
|
---|
6393 | bool scrollToEnd = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
|
---|
6394 | resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
|
---|
6395 | if ( scrollToEnd ) {
|
---|
6396 | updateScrollBars();
|
---|
6397 | ensureVisible( contentsX(), contentsHeight(), 0, 0 );
|
---|
6398 | }
|
---|
6399 | // when a max log size is set, the text may not be redrawn because
|
---|
6400 | // the size of the viewport may not have changed
|
---|
6401 | if ( d->maxLogLines > -1 )
|
---|
6402 | viewport()->update();
|
---|
6403 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
6404 | }
|
---|
6405 |
|
---|
6406 |
|
---|
6407 | static void qStripTags(QString *line)
|
---|
6408 | {
|
---|
6409 | int len = line->length();
|
---|
6410 | int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
|
---|
6411 | int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
|
---|
6412 | bool tagOpen, tagClose;
|
---|
6413 |
|
---|
6414 | for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
|
---|
6415 | tagOpen = (*line)[i] == '<';
|
---|
6416 | tagClose = (*line)[i] == '>';
|
---|
6417 |
|
---|
6418 | // handle '<' and '>' and '&'
|
---|
6419 | if ( (*line)[i] == '&' ) {
|
---|
6420 | escIndex = i;
|
---|
6421 | continue;
|
---|
6422 | } else if ( escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == ';' ) {
|
---|
6423 | QString esc = line->mid( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1 );
|
---|
6424 | QString c;
|
---|
6425 | if ( esc == "<" )
|
---|
6426 | c = '<';
|
---|
6427 | else if ( esc == ">" )
|
---|
6428 | c = '>';
|
---|
6429 | else if ( esc == "&" )
|
---|
6430 | c = '&';
|
---|
6431 | line->replace( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c );
|
---|
6432 | len = line->length();
|
---|
6433 | i -= i-escIndex;
|
---|
6434 | escIndex = -1;
|
---|
6435 | continue;
|
---|
6436 | }
|
---|
6437 |
|
---|
6438 | if ( state == 0 && tagOpen ) {
|
---|
6439 | state = 1;
|
---|
6440 | startIndex = i;
|
---|
6441 | continue;
|
---|
6442 | }
|
---|
6443 | if ( state == 1 && tagClose ) {
|
---|
6444 | state = 0;
|
---|
6445 | endIndex = i;
|
---|
6446 | if ( startIndex != -1 ) {
|
---|
6447 | int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
|
---|
6448 | line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
|
---|
6449 | line->remove( startIndex, l+1 );
|
---|
6450 | len = line->length();
|
---|
6451 | i -= l+1;
|
---|
6452 | }
|
---|
6453 | continue;
|
---|
6454 | }
|
---|
6455 | }
|
---|
6456 | }
|
---|
6457 |
|
---|
6458 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6459 |
|
---|
6460 | Inserts the text into \a line at index \a index.
|
---|
6461 | */
|
---|
6462 |
|
---|
6463 | void QTextEdit::optimInsert(const QString& text, int line, int index)
|
---|
6464 | {
|
---|
6465 | if (text.isEmpty() || d->maxLogLines == 0)
|
---|
6466 | return;
|
---|
6467 | if (line < 0)
|
---|
6468 | line = 0;
|
---|
6469 | if (line > d->od->numLines-1)
|
---|
6470 | line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
---|
6471 | if (index < 0)
|
---|
6472 | index = 0;
|
---|
6473 | if (index > (int) d->od->lines[line].length())
|
---|
6474 | index = d->od->lines[line].length();
|
---|
6475 |
|
---|
6476 | QStringList strl = QStringList::split('\n', text, TRUE);
|
---|
6477 | int numNewLines = strl.count() - 1;
|
---|
6478 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *tag = 0;
|
---|
6479 | QMap<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator ii;
|
---|
6480 | int x;
|
---|
6481 |
|
---|
6482 | if (numNewLines == 0) {
|
---|
6483 | // Case 1. Fast single line case - just inject it!
|
---|
6484 | QString stripped = text;
|
---|
6485 | qStripTags( &stripped );
|
---|
6486 | d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].insert(index, stripped);
|
---|
6487 | // move the tag indices following the insertion pt.
|
---|
6488 | if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
|
---|
6489 | tag = *ii;
|
---|
6490 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
|
---|
6491 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6492 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)) {
|
---|
6493 | tag->index += stripped.length();
|
---|
6494 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6495 | }
|
---|
6496 | }
|
---|
6497 | stripped = text;
|
---|
6498 | optimParseTags(&stripped, line, index);
|
---|
6499 | } else if (numNewLines > 0) {
|
---|
6500 | // Case 2. We have at least 1 newline char - split at
|
---|
6501 | // insertion pt. and make room for new lines - complex and slow!
|
---|
6502 | QString left = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].left(index);
|
---|
6503 | QString right = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].mid(index);
|
---|
6504 |
|
---|
6505 | // rearrange lines for insertion
|
---|
6506 | for (x = d->od->numLines - 1; x > line; x--)
|
---|
6507 | d->od->lines[x + numNewLines] = d->od->lines[x];
|
---|
6508 | d->od->numLines += numNewLines;
|
---|
6509 |
|
---|
6510 | // fix the tag index and the tag line/index numbers - this
|
---|
6511 | // might take a while..
|
---|
6512 | for (x = line; x < d->od->numLines; x++) {
|
---|
6513 | if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
|
---|
6514 | tag = ii.data();
|
---|
6515 | if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
|
---|
6516 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
|
---|
6517 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6518 | }
|
---|
6519 | }
|
---|
6520 |
|
---|
6521 | // relabel affected tags with new line numbers and new index
|
---|
6522 | // positions
|
---|
6523 | while (tag) {
|
---|
6524 | if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
|
---|
6525 | tag->index -= index;
|
---|
6526 | tag->line += numNewLines;
|
---|
6527 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6528 | }
|
---|
6529 |
|
---|
6530 | // generate a new tag index
|
---|
6531 | d->od->tagIndex.clear();
|
---|
6532 | tag = d->od->tags;
|
---|
6533 | while (tag) {
|
---|
6534 | if (!((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(tag->line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()))
|
---|
6535 | d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(tag->line)] = tag;
|
---|
6536 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6537 | }
|
---|
6538 |
|
---|
6539 | // update the tag indices on the spliced line - needs to be done before new tags are added
|
---|
6540 | QString stripped = strl[strl.count() - 1];
|
---|
6541 | qStripTags(&stripped);
|
---|
6542 | if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line + numNewLines))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
|
---|
6543 | tag = *ii;
|
---|
6544 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line + numNewLines)) {
|
---|
6545 | tag->index += stripped.length();
|
---|
6546 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6547 | }
|
---|
6548 | }
|
---|
6549 |
|
---|
6550 | // inject the new lines
|
---|
6551 | QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
|
---|
6552 | x = line;
|
---|
6553 | int idx;
|
---|
6554 | for (; it != strl.end(); ++it) {
|
---|
6555 | stripped = *it;
|
---|
6556 | qStripTags(&stripped);
|
---|
6557 | if (x == line) {
|
---|
6558 | stripped = left + stripped;
|
---|
6559 | idx = index;
|
---|
6560 | } else {
|
---|
6561 | idx = 0;
|
---|
6562 | }
|
---|
6563 | d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x)] = stripped;
|
---|
6564 | optimParseTags(&*it, x++, idx);
|
---|
6565 | }
|
---|
6566 | d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x - 1)] += right;
|
---|
6567 | }
|
---|
6568 | // recalculate the pixel width of the longest injected line -
|
---|
6569 | QFontMetrics fm(QScrollView::font());
|
---|
6570 | int lWidth = 0;
|
---|
6571 |
|
---|
6572 | for (x = line; x < line + numNewLines; x++) {
|
---|
6573 | if (optimHasBoldMetrics(x)) {
|
---|
6574 | QFont fnt = QScrollView::font();
|
---|
6575 | fnt.setBold(TRUE);
|
---|
6576 | fm = QFontMetrics(fnt);
|
---|
6577 | }
|
---|
6578 | lWidth = fm.width(d->od->lines[x]) + 4;
|
---|
6579 | if (lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth)
|
---|
6580 | d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
---|
6581 | }
|
---|
6582 | resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
---|
6583 | repaintContents();
|
---|
6584 | emit textChanged();
|
---|
6585 | }
|
---|
6586 |
|
---|
6587 |
|
---|
6588 |
|
---|
6589 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6590 |
|
---|
6591 | Returns the first open left-tag appearing before line \a line.
|
---|
6592 | */
|
---|
6593 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * QTextEdit::optimPreviousLeftTag( int line )
|
---|
6594 | {
|
---|
6595 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
|
---|
6596 | QMapConstIterator<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
|
---|
6597 | if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(line) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
|
---|
6598 | ftag = it.data();
|
---|
6599 | if ( !ftag ) {
|
---|
6600 | // start searching for an open tag
|
---|
6601 | ftag = d->od->tags;
|
---|
6602 | while ( ftag ) {
|
---|
6603 | if ( ftag->line > line || ftag->next == 0 ) {
|
---|
6604 | if ( ftag->line > line )
|
---|
6605 | ftag = ftag->prev;
|
---|
6606 | break;
|
---|
6607 | }
|
---|
6608 | ftag = ftag->next;
|
---|
6609 | }
|
---|
6610 | } else {
|
---|
6611 | ftag = ftag->prev;
|
---|
6612 | }
|
---|
6613 |
|
---|
6614 | if ( ftag ) {
|
---|
6615 | if ( ftag && ftag->parent ) // use the open parent tag
|
---|
6616 | ftag = ftag->parent;
|
---|
6617 | else if ( ftag && ftag->leftTag ) // this is a right-tag with no parent
|
---|
6618 | ftag = 0;
|
---|
6619 | }
|
---|
6620 | return ftag;
|
---|
6621 | }
|
---|
6622 |
|
---|
6623 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6624 |
|
---|
6625 | Set the format for the string starting at index \a start and ending
|
---|
6626 | at \a end according to \a tag. If \a tag is a Format tag, find the
|
---|
6627 | first open color tag appearing before \a tag and use that tag to
|
---|
6628 | color the string.
|
---|
6629 | */
|
---|
6630 | void QTextEdit::optimSetTextFormat( QTextDocument * td, QTextCursor * cur,
|
---|
6631 | QTextFormat * f, int start, int end,
|
---|
6632 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag )
|
---|
6633 | {
|
---|
6634 | int formatFlags = QTextFormat::Bold | QTextFormat::Italic |
|
---|
6635 | QTextFormat::Underline;
|
---|
6636 | cur->setIndex( start );
|
---|
6637 | td->setSelectionStart( 0, *cur );
|
---|
6638 | cur->setIndex( end );
|
---|
6639 | td->setSelectionEnd( 0, *cur );
|
---|
6640 | QStyleSheetItem * ssItem = styleSheet()->item( tag->tag );
|
---|
6641 | if ( !ssItem || tag->type == QTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ) {
|
---|
6642 | f->setBold( tag->bold );
|
---|
6643 | f->setItalic( tag->italic );
|
---|
6644 | f->setUnderline( tag->underline );
|
---|
6645 | if ( tag->type == QTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ) {
|
---|
6646 | // check to see if there are any open color tags prior to
|
---|
6647 | // this format tag
|
---|
6648 | tag = tag->prev;
|
---|
6649 | while ( tag && (tag->type == QTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ||
|
---|
6650 | tag->leftTag) ) {
|
---|
6651 | tag = tag->leftTag ? tag->parent : tag->prev;
|
---|
6652 | }
|
---|
6653 | }
|
---|
6654 | if ( tag ) {
|
---|
6655 | QString col = tag->tag.simplifyWhiteSpace();
|
---|
6656 | if ( col.left( 10 ) == "font color" ) {
|
---|
6657 | int i = col.find( '=', 10 );
|
---|
6658 | col = col.mid( i + 1 ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
|
---|
6659 | if ( col[0] == '\"' )
|
---|
6660 | col = col.mid( 1, col.length() - 2 );
|
---|
6661 | }
|
---|
6662 | QColor color = QColor( col );
|
---|
6663 | if ( color.isValid() ) {
|
---|
6664 | formatFlags |= QTextFormat::Color;
|
---|
6665 | f->setColor( color );
|
---|
6666 | }
|
---|
6667 | }
|
---|
6668 | } else { // use the stylesheet tag definition
|
---|
6669 | if ( ssItem->color().isValid() ) {
|
---|
6670 | formatFlags |= QTextFormat::Color;
|
---|
6671 | f->setColor( ssItem->color() );
|
---|
6672 | }
|
---|
6673 | f->setBold( ssItem->fontWeight() == QFont::Bold );
|
---|
6674 | f->setItalic( ssItem->fontItalic() );
|
---|
6675 | f->setUnderline( ssItem->fontUnderline() );
|
---|
6676 | }
|
---|
6677 | td->setFormat( 0, f, formatFlags );
|
---|
6678 | td->removeSelection( 0 );
|
---|
6679 | }
|
---|
6680 |
|
---|
6681 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6682 | void QTextEdit::optimDrawContents( QPainter * p, int clipx, int clipy,
|
---|
6683 | int clipw, int cliph )
|
---|
6684 | {
|
---|
6685 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
6686 | int startLine = clipy / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6687 |
|
---|
6688 | // we always have to fetch at least two lines for drawing because the
|
---|
6689 | // painter may be translated so that parts of two lines cover the area
|
---|
6690 | // of a single line
|
---|
6691 | int nLines = (cliph / fm.lineSpacing()) + 2;
|
---|
6692 | int endLine = startLine + nLines;
|
---|
6693 |
|
---|
6694 | if ( startLine >= d->od->numLines )
|
---|
6695 | return;
|
---|
6696 | if ( (startLine + nLines) > d->od->numLines )
|
---|
6697 | nLines = d->od->numLines - startLine;
|
---|
6698 |
|
---|
6699 | int i = 0;
|
---|
6700 | QString str;
|
---|
6701 | for ( i = startLine; i < (startLine + nLines); i++ )
|
---|
6702 | str.append( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n" );
|
---|
6703 |
|
---|
6704 | QTextDocument * td = new QTextDocument( 0 );
|
---|
6705 | td->setDefaultFormat( QScrollView::font(), QColor() );
|
---|
6706 | td->setPlainText( str );
|
---|
6707 | td->setFormatter( new QTextFormatterBreakWords ); // deleted by QTextDoc
|
---|
6708 | td->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( FALSE );
|
---|
6709 | td->setTabStops(doc->tabStopWidth());
|
---|
6710 |
|
---|
6711 | // get the current text color from the current format
|
---|
6712 | td->selectAll( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
6713 | QTextFormat f;
|
---|
6714 | f.setColor( colorGroup().text() );
|
---|
6715 | f.setFont( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
6716 | td->setFormat( QTextDocument::Standard, &f,
|
---|
6717 | QTextFormat::Color | QTextFormat::Font );
|
---|
6718 | td->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
6719 |
|
---|
6720 | // add tag formatting
|
---|
6721 | if ( d->od->tags ) {
|
---|
6722 | int i = startLine;
|
---|
6723 | QMapConstIterator<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
|
---|
6724 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag = 0, * tmp = 0;
|
---|
6725 | QTextCursor cur( td );
|
---|
6726 | // Step 1 - find previous left-tag
|
---|
6727 | tmp = optimPreviousLeftTag( i );
|
---|
6728 | for ( ; i < startLine + nLines; i++ ) {
|
---|
6729 | if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(i) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
|
---|
6730 | tag = it.data();
|
---|
6731 | // Step 2 - iterate over tags on the current line
|
---|
6732 | int lastIndex = 0;
|
---|
6733 | while ( tag && tag->line == i ) {
|
---|
6734 | tmp = 0;
|
---|
6735 | if ( tag->prev && !tag->prev->leftTag ) {
|
---|
6736 | tmp = tag->prev;
|
---|
6737 | } else if ( tag->prev && tag->prev->parent ) {
|
---|
6738 | tmp = tag->prev->parent;
|
---|
6739 | }
|
---|
6740 | if ( (tag->index - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp ) {
|
---|
6741 | optimSetTextFormat( td, &cur, &f, lastIndex, tag->index, tmp );
|
---|
6742 | }
|
---|
6743 | lastIndex = tag->index;
|
---|
6744 | tmp = tag;
|
---|
6745 | tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6746 | }
|
---|
6747 | // Step 3 - color last part of the line - if necessary
|
---|
6748 | if ( tmp && tmp->parent )
|
---|
6749 | tmp = tmp->parent;
|
---|
6750 | if ( (cur.paragraph()->length()-1 - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp && !tmp->leftTag ) {
|
---|
6751 | optimSetTextFormat( td, &cur, &f, lastIndex,
|
---|
6752 | cur.paragraph()->length() - 1, tmp );
|
---|
6753 | }
|
---|
6754 | cur.setParagraph( cur.paragraph()->next() );
|
---|
6755 | }
|
---|
6756 | // useful debug info
|
---|
6757 | //
|
---|
6758 | // tag = d->od->tags;
|
---|
6759 | // qWarning("###");
|
---|
6760 | // while ( tag ) {
|
---|
6761 | // qWarning( "Tag: %p, parent: %09p, leftTag: %09p, Name: %-15s, ParentName: %s, %d%d%d", tag,
|
---|
6762 | // tag->parent, tag->leftTag, tag->tag.latin1(), tag->parent ? tag->parent->tag.latin1():"<none>",
|
---|
6763 | // tag->bold, tag->italic, tag->underline );
|
---|
6764 | // tag = tag->next;
|
---|
6765 | // }
|
---|
6766 | }
|
---|
6767 |
|
---|
6768 | // if there is a selection, make sure that the selection in the
|
---|
6769 | // part we need to redraw is set correctly
|
---|
6770 | if ( optimHasSelection() ) {
|
---|
6771 | QTextCursor c1( td );
|
---|
6772 | QTextCursor c2( td );
|
---|
6773 | int selStart = d->od->selStart.line;
|
---|
6774 | int idxStart = d->od->selStart.index;
|
---|
6775 | int selEnd = d->od->selEnd.line;
|
---|
6776 | int idxEnd = d->od->selEnd.index;
|
---|
6777 | if ( selEnd < selStart ) {
|
---|
6778 | qSwap( &selStart, &selEnd );
|
---|
6779 | qSwap( &idxStart, &idxEnd );
|
---|
6780 | }
|
---|
6781 | if ( selEnd > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
|
---|
6782 | selEnd = d->od->numLines-1;
|
---|
6783 | }
|
---|
6784 | if ( startLine <= selStart && endLine >= selEnd ) {
|
---|
6785 | // case 1: area to paint covers entire selection
|
---|
6786 | int paragS = selStart - startLine;
|
---|
6787 | int paragE = paragS + (selEnd - selStart);
|
---|
6788 | QTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragS );
|
---|
6789 | if ( parag ) {
|
---|
6790 | c1.setParagraph( parag );
|
---|
6791 | if ( td->text( paragS ).length() >= (uint) idxStart )
|
---|
6792 | c1.setIndex( idxStart );
|
---|
6793 | }
|
---|
6794 | parag = td->paragAt( paragE );
|
---|
6795 | if ( parag ) {
|
---|
6796 | c2.setParagraph( parag );
|
---|
6797 | if ( td->text( paragE ).length() >= (uint) idxEnd )
|
---|
6798 | c2.setIndex( idxEnd );
|
---|
6799 | }
|
---|
6800 | } else if ( startLine > selStart && endLine < selEnd ) {
|
---|
6801 | // case 2: area to paint is all part of the selection
|
---|
6802 | td->selectAll( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
---|
6803 | } else if ( startLine > selStart && endLine >= selEnd &&
|
---|
6804 | startLine <= selEnd ) {
|
---|
6805 | // case 3: area to paint starts inside a selection, ends past it
|
---|
6806 | c1.setParagraph( td->firstParagraph() );
|
---|
6807 | c1.setIndex( 0 );
|
---|
6808 | int paragE = selEnd - startLine;
|
---|
6809 | QTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragE );
|
---|
6810 | if ( parag ) {
|
---|
6811 | c2.setParagraph( parag );
|
---|
6812 | if ( td->text( paragE ).length() >= (uint) idxEnd )
|
---|
6813 | c2.setIndex( idxEnd );
|
---|
6814 | }
|
---|
6815 | } else if ( startLine <= selStart && endLine < selEnd &&
|
---|
6816 | endLine > selStart ) {
|
---|
6817 | // case 4: area to paint starts before a selection, ends inside it
|
---|
6818 | int paragS = selStart - startLine;
|
---|
6819 | QTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragS );
|
---|
6820 | if ( parag ) {
|
---|
6821 | c1.setParagraph( parag );
|
---|
6822 | c1.setIndex( idxStart );
|
---|
6823 | }
|
---|
6824 | c2.setParagraph( td->lastParagraph() );
|
---|
6825 | c2.setIndex( td->lastParagraph()->string()->toString().length() - 1 );
|
---|
6826 |
|
---|
6827 | }
|
---|
6828 | // previously selected?
|
---|
6829 | if ( !td->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
---|
6830 | td->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
|
---|
6831 | td->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
|
---|
6832 | }
|
---|
6833 | }
|
---|
6834 | td->doLayout( p, contentsWidth() );
|
---|
6835 |
|
---|
6836 | // have to align the painter so that partly visible lines are
|
---|
6837 | // drawn at the correct position within the area that needs to be
|
---|
6838 | // painted
|
---|
6839 | int offset = clipy % fm.lineSpacing() + 2;
|
---|
6840 | QRect r( clipx, 0, clipw, cliph + offset );
|
---|
6841 | p->translate( 0, clipy - offset );
|
---|
6842 | td->draw( p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), colorGroup() );
|
---|
6843 | p->translate( 0, -(clipy - offset) );
|
---|
6844 | delete td;
|
---|
6845 | }
|
---|
6846 |
|
---|
6847 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6848 | void QTextEdit::optimMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
|
---|
6849 | {
|
---|
6850 | if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
|
---|
6851 | return;
|
---|
6852 |
|
---|
6853 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
6854 | mousePressed = TRUE;
|
---|
6855 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
6856 | d->od->selStart.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6857 | if ( d->od->selStart.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
|
---|
6858 | d->od->selStart.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
---|
6859 | d->od->selStart.index = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines-1) ].length();
|
---|
6860 | } else {
|
---|
6861 | QString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selStart.line) ];
|
---|
6862 | d->od->selStart.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
|
---|
6863 | }
|
---|
6864 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->selStart.line;
|
---|
6865 | d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->selStart.index;
|
---|
6866 | oldMousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
6867 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
---|
6868 | }
|
---|
6869 |
|
---|
6870 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6871 | void QTextEdit::optimMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
|
---|
6872 | {
|
---|
6873 | if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
|
---|
6874 | return;
|
---|
6875 |
|
---|
6876 | if ( scrollTimer->isActive() )
|
---|
6877 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
---|
6878 | if ( !inDoubleClick ) {
|
---|
6879 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
6880 | d->od->selEnd.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6881 | if ( d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
|
---|
6882 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
---|
6883 | }
|
---|
6884 | QString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ];
|
---|
6885 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
6886 | d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
|
---|
6887 | if ( d->od->selEnd.line < d->od->selStart.line ) {
|
---|
6888 | qSwap( &d->od->selStart.line, &d->od->selEnd.line );
|
---|
6889 | qSwap( &d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index );
|
---|
6890 | } else if ( d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line &&
|
---|
6891 | d->od->selStart.index > d->od->selEnd.index ) {
|
---|
6892 | qSwap( &d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index );
|
---|
6893 | }
|
---|
6894 | oldMousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
6895 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
---|
6896 | }
|
---|
6897 | if ( mousePressed ) {
|
---|
6898 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
---|
6899 | copyToClipboard();
|
---|
6900 | }
|
---|
6901 |
|
---|
6902 | inDoubleClick = FALSE;
|
---|
6903 | emit copyAvailable( optimHasSelection() );
|
---|
6904 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
6905 | }
|
---|
6906 |
|
---|
6907 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6908 | void QTextEdit::optimMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
|
---|
6909 | {
|
---|
6910 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
---|
6911 | optimDoAutoScroll();
|
---|
6912 | oldMousePos = mousePos;
|
---|
6913 | }
|
---|
6914 |
|
---|
6915 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
6916 | void QTextEdit::optimDoAutoScroll()
|
---|
6917 | {
|
---|
6918 | if ( !mousePressed )
|
---|
6919 | return;
|
---|
6920 |
|
---|
6921 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
6922 | QPoint pos( mapFromGlobal( QCursor::pos() ) );
|
---|
6923 | bool doScroll = FALSE;
|
---|
6924 | int xx = contentsX() + pos.x();
|
---|
6925 | int yy = contentsY() + pos.y();
|
---|
6926 |
|
---|
6927 | // find out how much we have to scroll in either dir.
|
---|
6928 | if ( pos.x() < 0 || pos.x() > viewport()->width() ||
|
---|
6929 | pos.y() < 0 || pos.y() > viewport()->height() ) {
|
---|
6930 | int my = yy;
|
---|
6931 | if ( pos.x() < 0 )
|
---|
6932 | xx = contentsX() - fm.width( 'w');
|
---|
6933 | else if ( pos.x() > viewport()->width() )
|
---|
6934 | xx = contentsX() + viewport()->width() + fm.width('w');
|
---|
6935 |
|
---|
6936 | if ( pos.y() < 0 ) {
|
---|
6937 | my = contentsY() - 1;
|
---|
6938 | yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing()) * fm.lineSpacing() + 1;
|
---|
6939 | } else if ( pos.y() > viewport()->height() ) {
|
---|
6940 | my = contentsY() + viewport()->height() + 1;
|
---|
6941 | yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing() + 1) * fm.lineSpacing() - 1;
|
---|
6942 | }
|
---|
6943 | d->od->selEnd.line = my / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6944 | mousePos.setX( xx );
|
---|
6945 | mousePos.setY( my );
|
---|
6946 | doScroll = TRUE;
|
---|
6947 | } else {
|
---|
6948 | d->od->selEnd.line = mousePos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6949 | }
|
---|
6950 |
|
---|
6951 | if ( d->od->selEnd.line < 0 ) {
|
---|
6952 | d->od->selEnd.line = 0;
|
---|
6953 | } else if ( d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
|
---|
6954 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
---|
6955 | }
|
---|
6956 |
|
---|
6957 | QString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ];
|
---|
6958 | d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
|
---|
6959 |
|
---|
6960 | // have to have a valid index before generating a paint event
|
---|
6961 | if ( doScroll )
|
---|
6962 | ensureVisible( xx, yy, 1, 1 );
|
---|
6963 |
|
---|
6964 | // if the text document is smaller than the heigth of the viewport
|
---|
6965 | // - redraw the whole thing otherwise calculate the rect that
|
---|
6966 | // needs drawing.
|
---|
6967 | if ( d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() < viewport()->height() ) {
|
---|
6968 | repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(), width(), height(), FALSE );
|
---|
6969 | } else {
|
---|
6970 | int h = QABS(mousePos.y() - oldMousePos.y()) + fm.lineSpacing() * 2;
|
---|
6971 | int y;
|
---|
6972 | if ( oldMousePos.y() < mousePos.y() ) {
|
---|
6973 | y = oldMousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6974 | } else {
|
---|
6975 | // expand paint area for a fully selected line
|
---|
6976 | h += fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
6977 | y = mousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing()*2;
|
---|
6978 | }
|
---|
6979 | if ( y < 0 )
|
---|
6980 | y = 0;
|
---|
6981 | repaintContents( contentsX(), y, width(), h, FALSE );
|
---|
6982 | }
|
---|
6983 |
|
---|
6984 | if ( !scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < 0 || pos.y() > height() )
|
---|
6985 | scrollTimer->start( 100, FALSE );
|
---|
6986 | else if ( scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= 0 && pos.y() <= height() )
|
---|
6987 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
---|
6988 | }
|
---|
6989 |
|
---|
6990 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6991 |
|
---|
6992 | Returns the index of the character in the string \a str that is
|
---|
6993 | currently under the mouse pointer.
|
---|
6994 | */
|
---|
6995 | int QTextEdit::optimCharIndex( const QString &str, int mx ) const
|
---|
6996 | {
|
---|
6997 | QFontMetrics fm(QScrollView::font());
|
---|
6998 | uint i = 0;
|
---|
6999 | int dd, dist = 10000000;
|
---|
7000 | int curpos = 0;
|
---|
7001 | int strWidth;
|
---|
7002 | mx = mx - 4; // ### get the real margin from somewhere
|
---|
7003 |
|
---|
7004 | if (!str.contains('\t') && mx > fm.width(str))
|
---|
7005 | return str.length();
|
---|
7006 |
|
---|
7007 | while (i < str.length()) {
|
---|
7008 | strWidth = qStrWidth(str.left(i), tabStopWidth(), fm);
|
---|
7009 | dd = strWidth - mx;
|
---|
7010 | if (QABS(dd) <= dist) {
|
---|
7011 | dist = QABS(dd);
|
---|
7012 | if (mx >= strWidth)
|
---|
7013 | curpos = i;
|
---|
7014 | }
|
---|
7015 | ++i;
|
---|
7016 | }
|
---|
7017 | return curpos;
|
---|
7018 | }
|
---|
7019 |
|
---|
7020 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7021 | void QTextEdit::optimSelectAll()
|
---|
7022 | {
|
---|
7023 | d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selStart.index = 0;
|
---|
7024 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines - 1;
|
---|
7025 | d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].length();
|
---|
7026 |
|
---|
7027 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
---|
7028 | emit copyAvailable( optimHasSelection() );
|
---|
7029 | emit selectionChanged();
|
---|
7030 | }
|
---|
7031 |
|
---|
7032 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7033 | void QTextEdit::optimRemoveSelection()
|
---|
7034 | {
|
---|
7035 | d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selEnd.line = -1;
|
---|
7036 | d->od->selStart.index = d->od->selEnd.index = -1;
|
---|
7037 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
---|
7038 | }
|
---|
7039 |
|
---|
7040 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7041 | void QTextEdit::optimSetSelection( int startLine, int startIdx,
|
---|
7042 | int endLine, int endIdx )
|
---|
7043 | {
|
---|
7044 | d->od->selStart.line = startLine;
|
---|
7045 | d->od->selEnd.line = endLine;
|
---|
7046 | d->od->selStart.index = startIdx;
|
---|
7047 | d->od->selEnd.index = endIdx;
|
---|
7048 | }
|
---|
7049 |
|
---|
7050 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7051 | bool QTextEdit::optimHasSelection() const
|
---|
7052 | {
|
---|
7053 | if ( d->od->selStart.line != d->od->selEnd.line ||
|
---|
7054 | d->od->selStart.index != d->od->selEnd.index )
|
---|
7055 | return TRUE;
|
---|
7056 | return FALSE;
|
---|
7057 | }
|
---|
7058 |
|
---|
7059 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7060 | QString QTextEdit::optimSelectedText() const
|
---|
7061 | {
|
---|
7062 | QString str;
|
---|
7063 |
|
---|
7064 | if ( !optimHasSelection() )
|
---|
7065 | return str;
|
---|
7066 |
|
---|
7067 | // concatenate all strings
|
---|
7068 | if ( d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line ) {
|
---|
7069 | str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].mid( d->od->selStart.index,
|
---|
7070 | d->od->selEnd.index - d->od->selStart.index );
|
---|
7071 | } else {
|
---|
7072 | int i = d->od->selStart.line;
|
---|
7073 | str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].right( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].length() -
|
---|
7074 | d->od->selStart.index ) + "\n";
|
---|
7075 | i++;
|
---|
7076 | for ( ; i < d->od->selEnd.line; i++ ) {
|
---|
7077 | if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].isEmpty() ) // CR lines are empty
|
---|
7078 | str += "\n";
|
---|
7079 | else
|
---|
7080 | str += d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n";
|
---|
7081 | }
|
---|
7082 | str += d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].left( d->od->selEnd.index );
|
---|
7083 | }
|
---|
7084 | return str;
|
---|
7085 | }
|
---|
7086 |
|
---|
7087 | /*! \internal */
|
---|
7088 | bool QTextEdit::optimFind( const QString & expr, bool cs, bool /*wo*/,
|
---|
7089 | bool fw, int * para, int * index )
|
---|
7090 | {
|
---|
7091 | bool found = FALSE;
|
---|
7092 | int parag = para ? *para : d->od->search.line,
|
---|
7093 | idx = index ? *index : d->od->search.index, i;
|
---|
7094 |
|
---|
7095 | if ( d->od->len == 0 )
|
---|
7096 | return FALSE;
|
---|
7097 |
|
---|
7098 | for ( i = parag; fw ? i < d->od->numLines : i >= 0; fw ? i++ : i-- ) {
|
---|
7099 | idx = fw ? d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].find( expr, idx, cs ) :
|
---|
7100 | d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].findRev( expr, idx, cs );
|
---|
7101 | if ( idx != -1 ) {
|
---|
7102 | found = TRUE;
|
---|
7103 | break;
|
---|
7104 | } else if ( fw )
|
---|
7105 | idx = 0;
|
---|
7106 | }
|
---|
7107 |
|
---|
7108 | if ( found ) {
|
---|
7109 | if ( index )
|
---|
7110 | *index = idx;
|
---|
7111 | if ( para )
|
---|
7112 | *para = i;
|
---|
7113 | d->od->search.index = idx;
|
---|
7114 | d->od->search.line = i;
|
---|
7115 | optimSetSelection( i, idx, i, idx + expr.length() );
|
---|
7116 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
---|
7117 | int h = fm.lineSpacing();
|
---|
7118 | int x = fm.width( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].left( idx + expr.length()) ) + 4;
|
---|
7119 | ensureVisible( x, i * h + h / 2, 1, h / 2 + 2 );
|
---|
7120 | repaintContents(); // could possibly be optimized
|
---|
7121 | }
|
---|
7122 | return found;
|
---|
7123 | }
|
---|
7124 |
|
---|
7125 | /*! \reimp */
|
---|
7126 | void QTextEdit::polish()
|
---|
7127 | {
|
---|
7128 | // this will ensure that the last line is visible if text have
|
---|
7129 | // been added to the widget before it is shown
|
---|
7130 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
---|
7131 | scrollToBottom();
|
---|
7132 | QWidget::polish();
|
---|
7133 | }
|
---|
7134 |
|
---|
7135 | /*!
|
---|
7136 | Sets the maximum number of lines a QTextEdit can hold in \c
|
---|
7137 | LogText mode to \a limit. If \a limit is -1 (the default), this
|
---|
7138 | signifies an unlimited number of lines.
|
---|
7139 |
|
---|
7140 | \warning Never use formatting tags that span more than one line
|
---|
7141 | when the maximum log lines is set. When lines are removed from the
|
---|
7142 | top of the buffer it could result in an unbalanced tag pair, i.e.
|
---|
7143 | the left formatting tag is removed before the right one.
|
---|
7144 | */
|
---|
7145 | void QTextEdit::setMaxLogLines( int limit )
|
---|
7146 | {
|
---|
7147 | d->maxLogLines = limit;
|
---|
7148 | if ( d->maxLogLines < -1 )
|
---|
7149 | d->maxLogLines = -1;
|
---|
7150 | if ( d->maxLogLines == -1 )
|
---|
7151 | d->logOffset = 0;
|
---|
7152 | }
|
---|
7153 |
|
---|
7154 | /*!
|
---|
7155 | Returns the maximum number of lines QTextEdit can hold in \c
|
---|
7156 | LogText mode. By default the number of lines is unlimited, which
|
---|
7157 | is signified by a value of -1.
|
---|
7158 | */
|
---|
7159 | int QTextEdit::maxLogLines()
|
---|
7160 | {
|
---|
7161 | return d->maxLogLines;
|
---|
7162 | }
|
---|
7163 |
|
---|
7164 | /*!
|
---|
7165 | Check if the number of lines in the buffer is limited, and uphold
|
---|
7166 | that limit when appending new lines.
|
---|
7167 | */
|
---|
7168 | void QTextEdit::optimCheckLimit( const QString& str )
|
---|
7169 | {
|
---|
7170 | if ( d->maxLogLines > -1 && d->maxLogLines == d->od->numLines ) {
|
---|
7171 | // NB! Removing the top line in the buffer will potentially
|
---|
7172 | // destroy the structure holding the formatting tags - if line
|
---|
7173 | // spanning tags are used.
|
---|
7174 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = d->od->tags, *tmp, *itr;
|
---|
7175 | QPtrList<QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag> lst;
|
---|
7176 | while ( t ) {
|
---|
7177 | t->line -= 1;
|
---|
7178 | // unhook the ptr from the tag structure
|
---|
7179 | if ( ((uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) d->logOffset &&
|
---|
7180 | (uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) &&
|
---|
7181 | (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) > (uint) d->logOffset) )
|
---|
7182 | {
|
---|
7183 | if ( t->prev )
|
---|
7184 | t->prev->next = t->next;
|
---|
7185 | if ( t->next )
|
---|
7186 | t->next->prev = t->prev;
|
---|
7187 | if ( d->od->tags == t )
|
---|
7188 | d->od->tags = t->next;
|
---|
7189 | if ( d->od->lastTag == t ) {
|
---|
7190 | if ( t->prev )
|
---|
7191 | d->od->lastTag = t->prev;
|
---|
7192 | else
|
---|
7193 | d->od->lastTag = d->od->tags;
|
---|
7194 | }
|
---|
7195 | tmp = t;
|
---|
7196 | t = t->next;
|
---|
7197 | lst.append( tmp );
|
---|
7198 | delete tmp;
|
---|
7199 | } else {
|
---|
7200 | t = t->next;
|
---|
7201 | }
|
---|
7202 | }
|
---|
7203 | // Remove all references to the ptrs we just deleted
|
---|
7204 | itr = d->od->tags;
|
---|
7205 | while ( itr ){
|
---|
7206 | for ( tmp = lst.first(); tmp; tmp = lst.next() ) {
|
---|
7207 | if ( itr->parent == tmp )
|
---|
7208 | itr->parent = 0;
|
---|
7209 | if ( itr->leftTag == tmp )
|
---|
7210 | itr->leftTag = 0;
|
---|
7211 | }
|
---|
7212 | itr = itr->next;
|
---|
7213 | }
|
---|
7214 | // ...in the tag index as well
|
---|
7215 | QMapIterator<int, QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> idx;
|
---|
7216 | if ( (idx = d->od->tagIndex.find( d->logOffset )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
|
---|
7217 | d->od->tagIndex.remove( idx );
|
---|
7218 |
|
---|
7219 | QMapIterator<int,QString> it;
|
---|
7220 | if ( (it = d->od->lines.find( d->logOffset )) != d->od->lines.end() ) {
|
---|
7221 | d->od->len -= (*it).length();
|
---|
7222 | d->od->lines.remove( it );
|
---|
7223 | d->od->numLines--;
|
---|
7224 | d->logOffset = LOGOFFSET(1);
|
---|
7225 | }
|
---|
7226 | }
|
---|
7227 | d->od->len += str.length();
|
---|
7228 | d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines++) ] = str;
|
---|
7229 | }
|
---|
7230 |
|
---|
7231 | #endif // QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
---|
7232 |
|
---|
7233 | /*!
|
---|
7234 | \property QTextEdit::autoFormatting
|
---|
7235 | \brief the enabled set of auto formatting features
|
---|
7236 |
|
---|
7237 | The value can be any combination of the values in the \c
|
---|
7238 | AutoFormatting enum. The default is \c AutoAll. Choose \c AutoNone
|
---|
7239 | to disable all automatic formatting.
|
---|
7240 |
|
---|
7241 | Currently, the only automatic formatting feature provided is \c
|
---|
7242 | AutoBulletList; future versions of Qt may offer more.
|
---|
7243 | */
|
---|
7244 |
|
---|
7245 | void QTextEdit::setAutoFormatting( uint features )
|
---|
7246 | {
|
---|
7247 | d->autoFormatting = features;
|
---|
7248 | }
|
---|
7249 |
|
---|
7250 | uint QTextEdit::autoFormatting() const
|
---|
7251 | {
|
---|
7252 | return d->autoFormatting;
|
---|
7253 | }
|
---|
7254 |
|
---|
7255 | /*!
|
---|
7256 | Returns the QSyntaxHighlighter set on this QTextEdit. 0 is
|
---|
7257 | returned if no syntax highlighter is set.
|
---|
7258 | */
|
---|
7259 | QSyntaxHighlighter * QTextEdit::syntaxHighlighter() const
|
---|
7260 | {
|
---|
7261 | if (document()->preProcessor())
|
---|
7262 | return ((QSyntaxHighlighterInternal *) document()->preProcessor())->highlighter;
|
---|
7263 | else
|
---|
7264 | return 0;
|
---|
7265 | }
|
---|
7266 |
|
---|
7267 | #endif //QT_NO_TEXTEDIT
|
---|